Declaration of Association in the...

Declaration of Association in the EIA

MoEFCC File No.: J-11015/82/2017-IA.II (M)

Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation

of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area

Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and Kotadiya,

Limited.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

JM File No.: 2800

EIA Coordinator: Ms. Nisha Sharma

Associate EIA Coordinator: Mr.Bhana Ram Jat

Team Member: Mr.Vinay

Contact information: 202-A, ABW Tower, M.G. Road, IFFCO Chowk, Sector

Haryana, Email:

Functional Area Experts:

S. No. Functional

areas Name of the expert/s

1 AP*

FAE Mr. Ashok Puri

TM Mr. Ramji Lal Meena

FAA Mr. Ravi Shanker Sharma

2 WP*

FAE Mr. Ashok Puri

TM Mr. Bhana Ram Jat (Cat. B)

FAA Mr. Ramesh Nehra

3 SHW*

FAE Mr. Ashok Puri


TM Mrs. Nisha Sharma (Cat. A) SW only

FAA Ms. Shipra Kodiwal

4 SE* FAE Mr. K.J. Reddy


IA.II (M)


I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha)

Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan) of M/s. Ambuja Cements


Name Period of involvement

Ms. Nisha Sharma February, 2017 to till date

Mr.Bhana Ram Jat February, 2017 to till date

Mr.Vinay Kumar February, 2017 to till date

A, ABW Tower, M.G. Road, IFFCO Chowk, Sector - 25, Gurugram

Haryana, Email: [email protected]

Name of the expert/s Involvement

(period and task**)

Ashok Puri Sept. 2017 to till date

Ramji Lal Meena Sept. 2017 to Nov.2018

Ravi Shanker Sharma Sept. 2017 to till date

Ashok Puri Sept. 2017 to till date

Ram Jat (Cat. B) Sept. 2017 to till date

Mr. Ramesh Nehra Sept. 2017 to till date

Mr. Ashok Puri Sept. 2017 to till date

Ramji Lal Meena (Cat. B) Sept. 2017 to Nov.2018

Mrs. Nisha Sharma (Cat. A) SW only Sept. 2017 to till date

Ms. Shipra Kodiwal Sept. 2017 to till date

Mr. K.J. Reddy Sept. 2017 to till date


183.53 ha) at Villages Sewariya,

M/s. Ambuja Cements


Signature and Date

25, Gurugram - 122001,

Signature and date

. 2017 to Nov.2018

-

. 2017 to Nov.2018 -


S. No. Functional


TM None

FAA None

5 EB*

FAE Dr. P.R. Chaudhari

TM Mr. Vikas Jangid (Cat. B)

FAA Ms. Garima Singh

6 HG*

FAE Mr. Pawan Gupta

TM None

FAA None

7 GEO*

FAE Mr. Pawan Gupta

TM None

FAA None

8 SC*

FAE Dr. P.R. Chaudhari

TM Dr. JitendraYadav (Cat. B)

FAA None

9 AQ*

FAE Ms. Ekta Arora


FAA None

10 NV*

FAE Mr. Parag Khujnare (Cat. A)

TM Mrs. Nisha Sharma (Cat. B) Noise only

FAA None

11 LU* FAE Mr. Nagarmal


Name of the expert/s Involvement

(period and task**)

None

None

Dr. P.R. Chaudhari Sept. 2017 to Feb.2018

Jangid (Cat. B) Sept. 2017 to till date

Ms. Garima Singh Sept. 2017 to till date

Mr. Pawan Gupta Sept. 2017 to till date

None

None

Mr. Pawan Gupta Sept. 2017 to till date

None

None

Dr. P.R. Chaudhari Sept. 2017 to Feb.2018

Dr. JitendraYadav (Cat. B) Sept. 2017 to till date

None

Ms. Ekta Arora Sept. 2017 to till date

Ramji Lal Meena Sept. 2017 to Nov.2018

None

Khujnare (Cat. A) Sept. 2017 to April.2018

Mrs. Nisha Sharma (Cat. B) Noise only Sept. 2017 to till date

None

Mr. Nagarmal Dadarwal Sept. 2017 to till date

Signature and date

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

. 2017 to Nov.2018 -

-

.2018

-


3 of 2

S. No. Functional


Involvement

(period and task**) Signature and date

TM None None -

FAA None None -

12 RH*

FAE Mr. Jitendra Kumar Sept. 2017 to March. 2018 -

FAE None None

TM None None -

FAA Mr.Gaurav Upadhyay Sept. 2017 to till date -

*One TM against each FAE may be shown**Please attach additional sheet if required

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, Deepa Taneja, Director, of JM EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd., hereby, confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared an

EIA/EMP Report for Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million

TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha) at

Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan) of M/s.

Ambuja Cements Limited.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in

this statement.

Signature:

Name:

DeepaTaneja

Designation: Director

Name of the EIA consultant organization: J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd.

Undertaking

We, J.M EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd., 202 A, ABW Tower, MG Road, IFFCO Chowk,

Sector 25, Gurugram 122001 (Haryana), Environmental Consultant of M/s.

Minerals & Minerlas Limited for Proposed Expansion in Limestone

Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and

installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94,

ML Area- 183.53 ha) at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and

Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan) give this undertaking to

the effect that the ToRs prescribed by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide Letter No.

11015/82/2017-IA.II (M) dated September 28th, 2017 has been complied as per

data/ details provided by project proponent & as per Approved Modified

Mining Plan approved by IBM and the data submitted are factually correct.

Date: 31.01.2019

Place: Gurgaon

For & On behalf of J.M EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd.

Deepa Taneja

Director

i

INDEX

S. NO. PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

A. TOR LETTER AND COMPLIANCE 1-32

1. TOR LETTER 1-10

2. TOR COMPLIANCE 11-32

B. FINAL EIA / EMP REPORT 33 - 205

CHAPTER – I INTRODUCTION 33 - 37

CHAPTER – II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 38 - 60

CHAPTER – III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 61 - 126

CHAPTER – IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 127 – 149

CHAPTER – V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 150

CHAPTER – VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 151 – 155

CHAPTER – VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 156 – 183

CHAPTER – VIII PROJECT BENEFITS 184 – 192

CHAPTER – IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 193

CHAPTER – X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 194 – 199

CHAPTER – XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 200 – 204

CHAPTER – XII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 205

I -XIII ANNEXURE 206 - 581

ii

CONTENTS


CHAPTER-I INTRODUCTION 33-37

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT 33

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 33

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT 33

1.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT 35

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO

THE COUNTRY AND REGION

36

1.3.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE & LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 36

1.3.2 PROJECT IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION 36

1.4 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY 37

CHAPTER–II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 38-60

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT 38

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 38

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 38

2.3.1 LOCATION MAP ( GENERAL AND SPECIFIC ) 39

2.3.2 MAP SHOWING GEOLOGY AND GEOMORPHOLOGY OF THE MINE SITE WITH CORNER

CORDINATES

41

2.3.3 PROJECT SITE LAYOUT 42

2.3.4 PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 42

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION 43

2.4.1 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES/FACILITIES PROPOSED 43

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION 43

2.5.1 APPROVAL 44

2.5.2 IMPLEMENTATION 44

2.6 TECHONOLGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION 44

2.6.1 PROJECT REQUIRMENTS 44

2.6.1.1 WATER REQUIRMENT 44

2.6.1.2 POWER REQUIRMENT 45

2.6.1.3 MAN POWER REQUIRMENT 45

2.6.1.4 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION 46

2.6.2 GEOLOGY OF THE AREA 46

2.6.3 DETAILS OF MINING 48

2.6.3.1 EXPLORATION CARRIED OUT IN THE AREA 48

2.6.3.2 FUTURE EXPLORATION TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE AREA 49

2.6.3.3 ESTIMATION OF RESERVES 50

2.6.3.3.1 MINERABLE RESERVES AND ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE 51

2.6.3.3.2 USE OF MINERAL 51

iii


2.6.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 51

2.6.4.1 EXISTING AND PROPOSED METHOD OF MINING 51

2.6.4.2 YEAR WISE PRODUCTION & EXCAVATION DETAILS FOR FIRST FIVE YEARS 56

2.6.5 TOP SOIL AND SOILD WASTE GENERATION & MANAGMENT 56

2.6.5.1 TOP SOIL 56

2.6.5.2 SOILD WASTE 57

2.6.5.2.1 NATURE & TYPE OF WASTE 57

2.6.5.2.2 GENERATION OF WASTE 57

2.6.5.2.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL 57

2.6.6 CONCEPTUAL MINING PLAN 58

2.7 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES 59

2.8 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & TESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE 60

CHAPTER–III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 61 - 126

3.1 INTRODUCTION 61

3.2 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE 61

3.3 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 64

3.3.1 INSTRUMENTS USED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 65

3.4 LAND USE/LAND COVER STUDY 65

3.4.1 DATA USED 65

3.4.2 METHODOLOGY 66

3.4.3 DETAILS OF LAND USE LAND COVER 66

3.4.3.1 LAND USE AND LAND COVER CLASSES 66

3.4.3.2 GENERATION AND ANALYSIS OF DATA 67

3.4.4 LAND USE/ LAND COVER DETAILS OF STUDY AREA 69

3.4.5 INTERPRETATION OF THE LULC DATA 70

3.5 SESMICITY AND FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA 70

3.6 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA 74

3.7 TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PATTERN 75

3.8 CLIMATE AND RAINFALL 75

3.9 LIST OF INDUSTRIES / MINE IN STUDY AREA 76

3.10 METEOROLOGY 76

3.10.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY AT SITE 76

3.11 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT 78

3.11.1 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 83

3.11.2 INTERPRETATION OF AAQM RESULTS 84

3.11.3 CHEMICAL COMPOSTION FOR RSPM 84

3.12 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 85

3.12.1 INTERPRETATION OF NOISE RESULTS 86

3.13 WATER ENVIRONMENT 87

iv


3.13.1 SURFACE WATER 87

3.13.2 GROUND WATER QUALITY 89

3.13.3 INTERPRETATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY RESULTS 92

3.14 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 92

3.14.1 SOIL QUALITY AND CHARACTERISTICS 92

3.14.2 INTERPRETATION OF SOIL QUALITY RESULTS 95

3.15 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 96

3.16 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 96

3.16.1 INTRODUCTION 96

3.16.2 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 96

3.16.3 METHODOLOGY 97

3.16.4 BACKGROUND INFORMATION OF THE AREA 97

3.16.5 BASELINE DATA & ANALYSIS 98

3.16.6 BASELINE DATA OF THE STUDY AREA 101

3.16.6.1 POPULATION DISTRIBUTION 103

3.16.6.2 VULNERABLE GROUP 104

3.16.6.3 LITERACY RATE 105

3.16.6.4 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES 105

3.16.6.5 BASIC AMENITIES 106

3.16.6.6 ECONOMIC EXPOSURE & DEVELOPMENT 125

3.16.6.7 ADVERSE SOCIAL IMPACT 125

3.17 CONCLUSION 126

CHAPTER–IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 127 - 145

4.1 INTRODUCTION 127

4.2 ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES 127

4.2.1 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES 127

4.2.1.1 AIR POLLUTION DUE TO LIMESTONE MINING PROJECT 127

4.2.1.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY IMOACT PREDICTION MODELING 128

4.2.1.3 EMISSION RATE AS PER MATERIAL HANDLED 128

4.2.1.4 MODELING PROCEDURE 128

4.2.1.5 METEREOLOGICAL DATA 129

4.2.1.6 STABILITY CLASSIFICATION 129

4.2.1.7 DISPERSION PARAMETERS 129

4.2.1.8 MIXING HEIGHTS 129

4.2.1.9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 130

4.2.1.10 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS 130

4.2.1.11 MITIGATION MEASURES 131

4.2.2 IMPACTS OF NOISE/ VIBRATIONS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 135

4.2.2.1 IMPACT OF NOISE ON WORKING ENVIRONMENT 135

v


4.2.2.2 MITIGATION MEASURES TO REDUCE NOISE LEVEL 136

4.2.2.3 IMPACT OF VIBRATIONS DUE TO BLASTING 136

4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 137

4.2.3.1 IMPACT ON SURFACE WATER AND MITIGATION MEASURES 137

4.2.3.2 IMPACT ON GROUND WATER AND MITIGATION MEASURES 138

4.2.3.3 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT 138

4.2.3.4 WATER CONSERVATION MEASURES 138

4.2.4 IMPACT ON SOIL/LAND USE PATTERN AND MITIGATION MEASURES 139

4.2.4.1 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT 139

4.2.4.2 LANDSCAPE AND LAND USE PATTERN 139

4.2.4.3 RECLAMATION PLAN FOR LAND 140

4.2.4.4 IDENTIFICATION ON IMPACTS ON LAND USE PATTERN DUE TO THE MINNING ACTIVITY 140

4.2.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 141

4.2.5.1 POSITIVE IMPACTS 141

4.2.5.2 ADVERSE SOCIAL IMPACTS 142

4.2.5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES 142

4.2.6 IMPACT ON HUMAN SETTLEMENT 143

4.2.7 PUBLIC HEALTH IMPLICATIONS 143

4.2.8 IMPACT ON LOCAL TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE 144

4.2.9 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 144

4.2.9.1 IMPACT ON FLORA 144

4.2.9.2 IMPACT ON FAUNA 144

4.2.9.3 MEASURES FOR MINIMIZING IMPACT ON FAUNA 145

4.2.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 145

4.2.10.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RELATED DISEASE 146

4.2.10.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES 147

4.3 CONCLUSION 148

CHAPTER-V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) 150

5.1 GENERAL 150

5.2 ANALYSIS OF SITE 150

5.3 ANALYSIS OF TECHNOLOGY 150

5.4 CONCLUSION 150

CHAPTER–VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 151 - 155


6.2 FORMATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) 151

6.2.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC 151

6.3 MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGIES 152

6.3.1 INSTRUMENTS TO BE USED 152

vi


6.3.2 MONITORING PROGRAMME 152

6.3.2.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE 152

6.3.3 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED 152

6.4 LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS 154

6.5 DATA ANALYSIS 154

6.6 DETAILED BUDGET 155

CHAPTER–VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 156 - 183


7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 156

7.2.1 PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE FOR LIMESTONE MINE PUBLISHED IN NEWSPAPER “DAINIK

NAVJYOTI” AND “THE TIMES OF INDIA” DATED 19th SEPTEMBER, 2018

157

7.2.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING 158

7.2.3 PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS 159

7.2.4 ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS 166

7.2.5 ACTION PLAN TO IMPLEMENT THE COMMITMENTS MADE DURING PUBLIC HEARING 170

7.3 HYDRO-GEOLOGICAL STUDY & RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN 175

7.4 RISK ASSESMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 175

7.4.1 DEFINATION 175

7.4.2 SCOPE 175

7.4.3 OBJECTIVE 175

7.4.4 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS 176

7.4.4.1 DISASTERS DUE TO SURFACE FIRE 176

7.4.4.2 EMERGENCY RESPONCE ORGANIZATION 177

7.4.4.3 KEY PERSONNEL AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITY 177

7.4.4.4 CODE OF PRACTICE IN CASE OF EXPLOSION & ACCIDENTS 178

7.4.4.5 ACTION IN EMERGENCY 178

7.4.4.6 SITE RESTORATION 178

7.4.4.7 PRECAUTIONS 179

7.4.4.8 POST DISASTER ANALYSIS AND EVALUTION 179

7.4.5 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLANNING 179

7.4.5.1 INTRODUCTION 179

7.4.5.2 ASPECTS TO BE INCLUDED IN AN OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN 180

7.4.5.3 ROLE OF THE EMERGENCY COORDINATING OFFICER 180

7.4.5.4 ROLE OF MAJOR HAZARD MANAGMENTS 181

7.4.5.5 ROLE OF LOCAL AUTHORITY 181

7.4.5.6 ROLE OF THE POLICE 181

7.4.5.7 ROLE OF THE FIRE AUTHORITIES 181

7.4.5.8 ROLE OF THE HEALTH AUTHORITIES 181

7.4.5.9 ROLES OF THE GOVERNMENT SAFETY AUTHORITY 182

vii


7.4.6 CARE AND MAINTENANCE DURING TEMPORARY DISCONTINUANCE 182

CHAPTER–VIII PROJECT BENEFITS 184 - 191


8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS 184

8.3 EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS 184

8.4 SOCIAL BENEFITS 185

8.5 ECONOMIC BENEFITS 190

8.6 CONCLUSION 191

CHAPTER–IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 192

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 192

CHAPTER – X ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 193 - 199


10.2 ELEMENTS OF EMP 193

10.3 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY 193

10.4 FORMATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL ( EMC ) 194

10.4.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC 194

10.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION PROGRAMME 195

10.5.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 195

10.5.2 PLANTATION/GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME 195

10.5.3 BUDGET FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT/ PLANTATION 196

10.5.4 SPECIES SELECTION FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT/ PLANTATION 196

10.6 OCCUPTIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 197

10.6.1 PRE PLACEMENT & PERIODICAL MEDICAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE 197

10.7 DETAILED BUDGET FOR EMP 199

CHAPTER–XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 200 - 204


11.2 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT 200

11.3 PROJECT DETAILS 201

11.4 MINING DETAILS 202

11.5 MITIGATION MEASURES 202

11.5.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES 202

11.5.2 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT 203

11.5.3 NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL 203

11.5.4 RECLAMATION PLAN FOR LAND USE 203

11.5.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION 204

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS 204

viii


11.7 CONCLUSION 204

CHAPTER–XII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 205

12.1 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED 205

LIST OF TABLES


1.1 STATUS OF PROPOSAL FOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE 35

1.2 BREIF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 36

2.1 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITY PROPOSED 43

2.2 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE/CONSENTS 44

2.3 WATER REQURIEMENTS 45

2.4 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 45

2.5 MACHINARY & EQUIPMENT OF MINING 46

2.6 REGIONAL GEOLOGY OF THE AREA 46

2.7 LOCAL GEOLOGY OF THE AREA 47

2.8 PROPOSED EXPLORATION CARRIED OUT INT THE LEASE AREA 49

2.9 RESERVES AS PER UNFC 50

2.10 CRUSHER DESCRIPTION 54


2.12 YEAR-WISE PROPOSED EXCAVATION DETAILS 56

2.13 WASTE GENERATION DURING MODIFIED MINING PLAN PERIOD 57

2.14 WASTE GENERATION UPTO END OF LIFE OF LEASE LIFE 57

2.15 WASTE GENERATION TILL THE END OF MODIIFIED MINING PLAN PERIOD 58

2.16 POST MINING LAND USE OF CORE ZONE WITH ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT 58

2.17 DETAILS OF EMISSIONS/ POLLUTION FROM THE MINING OPERATIONS AND THEIR MANAGEMENT 59

3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS OF THE AREA 61

3.2 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION POST MONSOON SEASON (OCTOBER TO DECEMBER-2017) 64

3.3 LAND USE/ LAND COVER DETAILS OF STUDY AREA 70

3.4 SEISMIC ZONES IN INDIA 71

3.5 RAINFALL DATA FOR LAST 14 YEARS 75

3.6 MICRO-METEROLOGY AT SITE 76

3.7 LOCATIONS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS 79

3.8 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS 81

3.9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS 82

3.10 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARD 83

ix


3.11 CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF RSPM 85

3.12 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING RESULTS 86

3.13 CPCB NOISE STANDARDS 86

3.14 SURFACE WATER SAMPLING STATIONS 87

3.15 SURFACE WATER ANALYSIS 88

3.16 GROUND WATER SAMPLING STATIONS 89

3.17 GROUND WATER ANALYSIS 91

3.18 SOIL SAMPLING STATIONS 93

3.19 SOIL QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULTS 94

3.20 STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION 95

3.21 SOCIO- ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 97

3.22 VILLAG E WISE DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF VILLAGES 99

3.23 SUMMARY OF VILLAGE WISE DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE 103

3.24 SC/ST POPULATION OF THE STUDY AREA 104

3.25 WORK FORCE OF THE STUDY AREA 106

3.26 EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA 107

3.27 VILLAGE WISE MEDICAL FACILITIES 115

3.28 PRIMARY HEALTH CENTRE 116

3.29 COMMUNITY HEALTH CENTRE 117

3.30 SUB CENTRE 117

3.31 VILLAGE WISE WATER FACILITES 117

3.32 CROPPING PATTERN & IRRIGATION FACILITIES 119

3.33 VILLAGE WISE INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 122

4.1 EMISSION RATE AS PER MATERIAL HANDLED 128

4.2 RURAL CONDITIONS 129

4.3 MIXING HEIGHT 130

4.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 130

4.5 PEAK INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION FOR DIFFERENT SCENARIOS 131

4.6 PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE IN CASE OF CONTINUOUS NOISE 135

4.7 PERMISSIBLE PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY 136

4.8 STAGE WISE LAND USE AND RECLAMATION AREA 140

6.1 POST PROJECT MONITORING 152

6.2 POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME 153

6.3 LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS 154

6.4 EMP COST BREAK UP 155

8.1 CSR EXPENDITURE SINCE YEAR 2011 (RS IN LAKHS) 185

x


8.2 PROPOSED COMMUNITY BUDGET FOR NEXT FIVE YEARS 189

8.3 ECONOMIC BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT 190

8.4 PROPOSED CER BUDGET 190

10.1 PHASE WISE PLAN OF GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 196

10.2 PHASE WISE PLAN OF PLANTATION 196

10.3 EMP COST BREAK UP 199

11.1 PROJECT DETAILS 201


LIST OF FIGURES

S.NO PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

2.1 LOCATION MAP (SHOWING GENERAL AS WELL AS SPECIFIC LOCATION OF THE ML AREA) 40

2.2 MAP SHOWING GEOLOGY, GEOMORPHOLOGY OF THE MINE SITE WITH ALL CORNER

COORDINATES

41

2.3 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING MINE SITE 43

2.4 DETAILED WATER BALANCE 45

2.5 FLOW CHART FOR MINING PROCESS 52

2.6 CRUSHER PROCESS 54

2.7 CRUSHER FLOW SHEET 55

3.1 MAP SHOWING ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS 63

3.2 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE STUDY AREA 69

3.3 SEISMIC ZONE MAP 73

3.4 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION MAP OF THE AREA 74

3.5 WIND ROSE FOR STUDY PERIOD 77

3.6 KEY PLAN SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND NOISE LEVEL MONITORING LOCATIONS 80

3.7 KEY PLAN SHOWING SURFACE WATER, GROUND WATER AND SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS 90

3.8 SOCIO- ECONOMIC SURVEY OF THE STUDY AREA 103

3.9 VILLAGE WISE POPULATION DISTRIBUTION 104

3.10 VILLAGE WISE SC AND ST POPULATION 104

3.11 LITERACY RATE WITHIN 10 KM STUDY AREA 105

3.12 WORKING DETAILS WITHIN 10 KM STUDY AREA 106

3.13 EDUCATION FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA 107

3.14 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING EDUCATION FACILITIES IN THE VILLAGES 109

3.15 MEDICAL FACILITIES IN THE STUDY AREA 114

3.16 WATER FACILITIES IN STUDY AREA 118

xi

3.17 DRINKING WATER FACILITIES IN VILLAGES 125

4.1 ISOPLETH SHOWING MAXIMUM GLC OF PM10 DUE TO MINING ACTIVITY 132

4.2 ISOPLETH SHOWING MAXIMUM GLC OF PM2.5 DUE TO MINING ACTIVITY 133

4.3 ISOPLETH SHOWING MAXIMUM GLC OF SO2 DUE TO MINING ACTIVITY 134

4.4 ISOPLETH SHOWING MAXIMUM GLC OF NO2 DUE TO MINING ACTIVITY 135

7.1 COPY OF THE NEWSPAPER CUTTING 157

7.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE PUBLIC HEARING 158

8.1 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 186

8.2 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING HEALTHCARE PROGRAAME 187

8.3 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME 187

8.4 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING WOMEN EMPOWERMENT PROGRAMMES 188

10.1 STRUCTURE OF EMC 194

xii

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE NO. NAME OF ANNEXURE PAGE NO.

ANNEXURE I MINING LEASE DOCUMENTS 206 - 263

ANNEXURE II MODIFIED MINING PLAN APPROVAL LETTER 264 - 265

ANNEXURE III

IIIA EXISTING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE DATED 29.03.2012 266 - 273

IIIB CERTIFIED COMPLIANCE REPORT OF EXISTING EC 274 - 287

IIIC CTE DATED 09.07.2012 288 - 295

IIID CTO DATED 17.08.2012 296 - 301

IIIE CTO DATED 03.05.2016 302 - 305

ANNEXURE IV

LETTER FROM STATE FOREST DEPARTMENT DATED 02.07.2018 FOR FOLLOWING:

NO FOREST LAND WITHIN LEASE AREA

MAP SHOWING NO NATIONAL PARK, WILDLIFE SANCTUARY, WILDLIFE /

ELEPHANT CORRIDOR, BIOLOGICAL PARK, BIOSPHERE / TIGER RESERVES WITH IN

10 KM RADIUS STUDY AREA

AUTHENTICATED LIST OF FLORA & FAUNA

APPROVAL OF WILDLIFE CONSERVATION PLAN AND BIOLOGICAL STUDY REPORT

306 - 401

ANNEXURE V

MINING MAPS 402 - 407

VA SURFACE PLAN WITH SECTION

VB SURFACE GEOLOGICAL PLAN WITH SECTION

VC CONCEPTUAL PLAN WITH SECTION

VD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

ANNEXURE VI APPLICATION SUBMITTED TO CGWA FOR WITHDRAWAL OF GROUND WATER 408 - 413

ANNEXURE VII AUTHENTICATED PRODUCTION DATA FROM STATE MINES DEPARTMENT 414

ANNEXURE VIII ARAVALI CERTIFICATE 415

ANNEXURE IX SITE-SPECIFIC MICRO METEROLOGICAL DATA 416 - 429

ANNEXURE X DEATILED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING DATA 430 - 436

ANNEXURE XI DETAILED HYDRO-GEOLOGICAL STUDY REPORT 437 - 500

ANNEXURE XII TRAFFIC STUDY CONDUCTED BY CSIR, NEW DELHI 501 - 530

ANNEXURE XIII ENVIRONMENT POLICY 531

ANNEXURE XIV SLOPE & BLASTING STUDY REPORT 532 - 548

ANNEXURE XV QUESTIONNAIRE FOR MINING SECTOR 549 - 581

ABBREVIATIONS

xii

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQ : Ambient Air Quality

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AAQS : Ambient Air Quality Standards

ACF : Ambuja Cement Foundation

ACL : Ambuja Cement Limited

AIS & LUS : All India Soil and Land Use Survey

AMSL : Above Mean Sea Level

ANFO : Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil

bgl : Below Ground Level

CWC : Central Water Commission

CPP : Captive Power Plant

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

CEP : Corporate Environment Policy

CGWA : Central Ground Water Authority

DGMS : Directorate General Of Mines Safety

DMG : Department Of Mines And Geology

DTH : Down The Hole

DCF : Deputy Conservator Of Forest

DMF : District Mineral Fund

EMS : Environment Management System

ECO : Emergency Coordinating Officer

EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee

EC : Environmental Clearance

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC : Environment Management Cell

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

ESE : East of South East

ENE : East of North East

EPA : Environmental Protection Act

EPO : Emergency planning officer

FMCG : Fast Moving Consumer Goods

FPS : Fine Particulate Sampler

FCC : False Color Composite

GACL : Gujarat Ambuja Cement Limited

Govt. : Government

GCP : Ground Control Points

GLC : Ground Level Concentration

GOI : Government Of India

GPS : Global Positioning System

GSI : Geological Survey Of India

ha : Hectare

HEMM : Heavy Earth Moving Machinery

HFL : Highest Flood Level

HP : Horse Power

HOD : Head Of Department

IB : Inter Burden

xiii

IBM : Indian Bureau of Mines

IMD : India Meteorological Department

IS : Indian Standards

ISO : International Organization Of Standardization

KW : Kilo Watt

KLD : Kilo Litre Per Day

LU/LC : Land Use / Land Cover

ML : Local Magnitude

MT : Million Tonne

MOEFCC : Ministry Of Environment, Forest And Climate Change

M.M.R : Metalliferous Mines Regulation

mRL : Meter Reduced Level

MSL : Mean Sea Level

Mw : Moment Magnitude

MW : Mega Watt

N : North

NH : National Highway

NNW : North Of North East

NW : North West

NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards

NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

NATMO : National Atlas & Thematic Mapping Organization

NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

NOC : No Objection Certificate

NH : National Highway

NGO : Non Governmental Organization

NONEL Non Electric

NRSA : National Remote Sensing Agency

NRSC : National Remote Sensing Centre

OB : Over Burden

OHS : Occupational Health and Safety

OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PFR : Pre Feasibility Report

pH : Potential of Hydrogen

PHCs : Public Health Centers

PM : Particulate Matter

PPE : Personal Protective Equipment

PESO : Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization

PPV : Peak Particle Velocity

QCI : Quality Council of India

RSPM : Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter

ROM : Run Of Mine

RSPCB : Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board

RSMM : Rajasthan State Mines And Minerals

RCC : Reinforced Concrete Cement

RDS : Respirable Dust Sampler

SSE : South Of South East

SOB : Soft Over Burden

xiv

SW : South West

SC : Scheduled Caste

SHE : Safety, Health & Environment

SIA : Social Impact Assessment

SOI : Survey of India

SPCB : State Pollution Control Board

SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter

ST : Scheduled Tribe

STP : Sewage Treatment Plant

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

TAMRA : Transparency Auction Monitoring And Resource Augmentation

ToR : Terms of Reference

TPA : Tones Per Annum

TPD : Tones Per Day

TW : Tube Well

UNFC : United Nations Framework Classification

VT : Vocational Training

RF : Reserve Forest

PF : Protected Forest

µg/m3 : Micro gram per meter cube

µm : Micro Meter

dia. : diameter

CuM : Cubic meter

dB : Decibel

gm/sec : Gram per second

gm/cc : Gram per cubic meter

hr/day : Hour per day

kg : Kilogram

Kg/hr : Kilogram per hour

Kg/ha : Kilogram per hectare

km : Kilometer

m : Meter

mg/l : Milligram per Litre

mm : Millimeter

Sq.km : Square Kilometer

t/hr : Tonnes per hour

TOR LETTER AND COMPLIANCE

Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone

Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha) At Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan)

ToR Compliance

M/s. Ambuja Cements Ltd. 11 J.M EnviroNet Pvt Ltd

TOR COMPLIANCE

Point wise compliance of ToR issued by MoEFCC, vide letter no. J-11015/82/2017-IA.II (M) dated September 28th,

2017 for Expansion in limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation

of Crusher of 1200 TPH capacity in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No 10/94, ML Area 183.53 ha) at Villages Sewariya,

Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan).

ToR

Point DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE

Page Ref. in

Final EIA/EMP

Report

A. STANDARD TOR FOR MINING PROJECT

1. Year-wise production details since 1994 should

be given, clearly stating the highest production

achieved in anyone year prior to 1994. It may

also be categorically informed whether there

had been any increase in production after the

EIA Notification 1994 came into force, w.r.t. the

highest production achieved prior to 1994.

This is existing Limestone Mining Project. Mining

operations commenced in year 2012. Production

details since inception of mine has been

authenticated by Assistance Mining Engineer, Sojat,

Pali vide letter no. ME/Sojat/Static/2017/93 dated

29.08.2017.

Details of the same are given in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.6.4.2, pg 56.

Annexure VII

2. A copy of the document in support of the fact

that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the

mine should be given.

Mining Lease was initially granted in favor of DLF

Cements Ltd on 24.04.1997, then transferred to

Ambuja Cement Rajasthan Ltd, then to Gujarat

Ambuja Cements Ltd (GACL) on 06.12.2005.

Same information is given in this Final EIA/EMP report.

Chapter I, Para

1.2.1 (C), pg 34

Annexure I

3. All documents including approved mine plan,

EIA and Public Hearing should be compatible

with one another in terms' of the mine lease

area, production levels, waste generation and

its management, mining technology etc. and

should be in the name of the lessee.

All documents including Approved Modified Mining

Plan, Public hearing Proceeding and EIA are

compatible with one another in terms of mine area,

production levels, waste generation & Its

management and mining technology etc. and all

documents are in the name of M/s. Ambuja Cement

Ltd.

S.

No.

Particulars Description Ref. in Approved

Modified Mining Plan

Ref. in Final EIA / EMP

Report

Ref. In PH

Proceedings

1. Mine Lease Area 183.53 ha Page no. 11 Chapter- I, Para 1.2.1 A, pg 33 Pg no 1

2. Production

Capacity

Expansion From 0.279

to 2.80 Million TPA

Page no. 36

Chapter- I, Para 1.2.1 A, pg 33 Pg no 1

3. Mining

Technology

Opencast Mechanized Page no. 30

Chapter- II, Table 2.11, pg 56



ToR Compliance


4. Waste

generation and

its management

Up to lease life, i.e. up

to 24.11.2047, total

19.18 million tonnes of

waste and rejects will

be generated which

will be dump and

stabilized by

plantation.

Page no. 42

Chapter II, Para 2.6.5.2, Pg 57

4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area,

superimposed on a High Resolution

Imagery/toposheet, topographic sheet,

geomorphology and geology of the area should

be provided. Such an Imagery of the proposed

area should clearly show the land use and other

ecological features of the study area (core and

buffer zone).

Map showing Mine Lease area with geographical

corner coordinates, geomorphology and geology of

the area, superimposed on Toposheet has been

prepared and incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Land use and other ecological features of the study

area are given in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter II, Fig

2.2, pg 41

Chapter III, Fig

3.2, pg 69

5. Information should be provided in survey of

India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating

geological map of the area, geomorphology of

land form of the area, existing minerals and

mining history of the area, important water

bodies, steams and river and soil characteristics.

Map showing geomorphology of land forms of the

area, soil types, important water bodies, streams and

river is given in this Final EIA/EMP report

Soil characteristics of the study area have been

analysed and given in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter II, Fig

2.2, pg 41

Chapter III,

Table 3.19, pg

94

6. Detail about the land proposed for mining

activities should be given with information as to

whether mining conforms to the land use policy

of the state; land diversion for mining should

have approval from state land use board or the

concerned authority.

Mining lease is granted in Rajasthan for mining

purpose and as such, there is no separate stipulation

for change of land use.

-

7. It should be clearly stated whether the

proponent company has a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA

report with description of the prescribed

operating process/procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation/violation of

the environmental or forest norms/ conditions?

The hierarchical system or administrative order

of the Company to deal with the environmental

Yes, the company has well laid down Environment

Policy adopted by the Board of Directors of Ambuja

Cement Ltd.

The hierarchical system or administrative order of the

company to deal with the environmental issues and

for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions etc.

has been given in Environmental Policy of the

company. Information of the same is given in this

Final EIA/EMP report.

Chapter X, Para

10.3, pg 193

Annexure XIII



ToR Compliance


issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC

conditions may also be given. The system of

reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors

of the company and/or shareholders or

stakeholders at large, may also be detailed in

the EIA report.

8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including

subsidence study in case of underground mining

and slope study in case of open cast mining,

blasting study etc. should be detailed. The

proposed safeguard measures in each case

should also be provided.

Being an opencast mine, occurrence of Subsidence is

not envisaged. Slope and Blasting study has been

conducted by IIT, BHU.


Report.

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.2.3, Pg

no. 137 - 138

Annexure XIV

9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone

around the mine lease from lease periphery and

the data contained in the EIA such as waste

generation etc. should be for the life of the

mine / lease period.

The study area comprises of 10 km radius zone around

the mining lease periphery. Map showing study area

has been incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP report.

Data regarding waste generation, etc up to end of

Lease life has been incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP

report.

Chapter III, Fig

3.1, pg 63

Chapter II, Para

2.6.5.2, Pg 57

10. Land use of the study area delineating forest

area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of

fauna, water bodies, human settlements and

other ecological features should be indicated.

Land use plan of the mine lease area should be

prepared to encompass preoperational,

operational and post operational phases and

submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use

should be given.

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary,

Biosphere Reserves, Tiger Reserves, and Wildlife

Corridors etc. within 10 km radius of the mining lease

area.

One Pagara Block Reserve Forest and one Protected

Forest falls with in 10 km radius study area.

Land use / land cover map of the study area showing

present land use pattern & also, delineating forest

area, agriculture land, water bodies, human

settlements and other ecological features etc. has

been prepared & incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Land use plan of the mine lease area in pre-

operational, operational and post operational phases

has been prepared. Same information along with

Conceptual plan showing impact of change of land

use is incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter-III, Fig

3.2, pg 69.

Chap-IV, Table

4.8, pg 140

11. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps

outside the mine lease, such as extent of land

There will be no Overburden dumping outside the

lease area. Same information is given in this Final

Chapter II, Para

2.6.5.2.3, Pg 57



ToR Compliance


area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R

issues, if any, should be given.

EIA/EMP Report. to 58

12. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in

the State Forest Department should be

provided, confirming the involvement of forest

land, if any, in the project area.

In the event of any contrary claim by the Project

Proponent regarding the status of forests, the

site may be inspected by the State Forest

Department along with the Regional Office of

the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests,

based on which, the Certificate in this regard as

mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it

would be desirable for representative of the

State Forest Department to assist the Expert

Appraisal Committees.

No forest land falls within the lease area. A Certificate

showing No forest land involved within the ML area

has been obtained from Deputy Conservator of

Forest, Pali vide letter no.F () DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681

dated 02.07.2018.


Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.3.3 (A), pg 42

Annexure IV

13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up

area and virgin forestland involved in the Project

including deposition of net present value (NPV)

and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be

indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance

should also be furnished.

The lease area is devoid of any forest land hence NPV

and CA is not applicable.

-

14. Implementation status of recognition of forest

rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of

Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

There is no forest area within the mining lease. So,

scheduled tribes and other Traditional forest Dwellers

(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 is not

applicable.

-

15. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study

area, with necessary details, should be given.

Details of the vegetation in RF/PF are given in this

Final EIA/EMP Report

Chapter III,

Para 3.15, pg 96

16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the

study area and details furnished. Impact of the

project on the wildlife in the surrounding and

any other protected area and accordingly

detailed Mitigative measures required, should

be worked out with cost implications and

submitted.

Biological Study has been conducted for the project.

Details of the impact on surrounding wildlife &

Mitigative measures along with cost implications are

given in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter III,

Para 3.15, pg 96



ToR Compliance


17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar

site Tiger/ Elephant Reserves/(existing as well as

proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease

should be clearly indicated, supported by a

location map duly authenticated by Chief

Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be

applicable to such projects due to proximity of

the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned

above, should be obtained from the Standing

committee of national board of Wildlife and

copy furnished.

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary,

Biosphere Reserves, Tiger Reserves, and Wildlife

Corridors etc. within 10 km radius of the mining lease

area.

One Pagara Block Reserve Forest and one Protected

Forest falls with in 10 km radius study area.

Letter along with authenticated location map has

been received from Deputy conservator of Forest,

Pali vide letter No./F() DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated

02.07.2018.


Report.

Chapter III,

Para 3.15, pg 96

Annexure IV

18. A detailed biological study of the study area

[core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried

out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered,

endemic and RET species duly authenticated,

separately for core and buffer zone should be

furnished based on such primary field survey,

clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna

present.

In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the

study area, the necessary plan along with

budgetary provision for their conservation

should be prepared in consultation with State

Forest and Wildlife Department and details

furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be made as part

of the project cost.

Detailed Biological Study has been conducted for the

project.

Authentication of list of flora & fauna has been

obtained from Dy Conservator of Forest vide letter

No./F() DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018.

As per authenticated list of flora & Flora and Field

study report, two scheduled –I Species i.e. Monitor

lizard (Varanus bengalensis) & Indian Peafowl (Pavo

cristatus) were found within 10 km radius of the

Mining Lease area.

Conservation plan for Two schedule I specie i.e.

Monitor lizard & Indian Peafowl has been approved

from Dy Conservator of Forest vide letter No./F()

DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018.


Report.

Chapter III,

Para 3.15, pg 96

Annexure IV

19. Proximity to Areas declared as ‘Critically

Polluted’ or the Project areas likely to come

under the ‘Aravali Range’, (attracting court

restrictions for mining operations), should also

be indicated and where so required, clearance

certifications from the prescribed Authorities,

such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. Should

be secured and furnished to the effect that the

proposed mining activities could be considered.

No Critically Polluted areas as notified by the Central

Pollution Control Board are located within 10 km from

the boundary of mining lease.

Certificate showing No Aravali range within 10 Km

radius of the Mining Lease area has been obtained

from Department of Geology & Mines, Sojat , Pali vide

their letter no. ME/SOJAT/CC-I/ML/10/94/2884 dated

16.06.2009.

Same information is given in this Final EIA/EMP

Chapter III,

Table 3.1, pg 61

to 62



ToR Compliance


Report. Annexure VIII

20. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly

authenticated by one of the authorized

agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,

location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal

feature such as mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling

under CRZ would also, need to obtain approval

of the concerned Coastal Zone Management

Authority).

The Lease area located in District Pali of State

Rajasthan, which is not a coastal zone.

-

21. R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project

Affected People (PAP) should be furnished.

While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant

State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs

/STs and other weaker sections of the society in

the study area, a need based sample survey,

family-wise, should be undertaken to assess

their requirements, and action programmes

prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of line

departments of the State Government. It may

be clearly brought out whether the village

located in the mine lease area will be shifted or

not. The issues relating to shifting of Village

including their R&R and socio-economic aspects

should be discussed in the report.

Total Mining Lease area is 183.53 ha, out of total

mining lease area, 180.43 ha is Govt. land and

remaining 3.10 ha is private land.

This is running mine and expansion in limestone

production capacity is proposed within existing

mining lease area. So, no additional land will be

required.


Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.3.3 (A), Pg 42

22. One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-May

(Summer Season); October-December (post

monsoon season); December-February (winter

season)] primary baseline data on ambient air

quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water

quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall

be collected and the AAQ and other data so

compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and

EMP Report. Site-specific meteorological data

should also be collected. The location of the

monitoring stations should be such as to

One season primary baseline data for ambient air

quality, (as per CPCB quality Notification, 2009),

water quality, noise level, soil and flora & fauna has

been collected during Post Monsoon Season

(October to December, 2017). Details regarding the

same have been incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Detailed AAQM data of sampling locations are

enclosed with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Site-specific micro-meteorological data has been

recorded and enclosed with this Final EIA/EMP

Chapter III,

Para 3.10 (Pg

76) to 3.15 (Pg

96)

Annexure X

Annexure IX



ToR Compliance


represent whole of the study area and justified

keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind

direction and location of sensitive receptors.

There should be at least one monitoring station

within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-

dominant downwind direction. The

mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly

for free silica, should be given.

Report.

Location of the monitoring stations was selected

keeping in view the pre- dominant downwind

direction and location of the sensitive receptors and

also that they represent whole of the study area. One

location has been selected in downwind direction at

500 m from the lease boundary. The selection criteria

of the monitoring locations have been given in this

Final EIA/ EMP report.

The mineralogical composition for PM10 has been

incorporated in this Final EIA/ EMP report.

Chapter III,

Table 3.7, Pg

79.

Chapter III,

Table 3.11, Pg

85.

23. Air quality modeling should be carried out for

prediction of impact of the project on the air

quality of the area. It should also take into

account the impact of movement of vehicles for

transportation of mineral. The details of the

model used and input parameters used for

modelling should be provided.

The air quality contours may be shown on a

location map clearly indicating the location of

the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any,

and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-

dominant wind direction may also be indicated

on the map.

AERMOD version 8.1 Dispersion Model, based on

steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion, was used for

the Prediction of incremental value due to this Mining

Project. Impact of movement of vehicles for

transportation of mineral has been considered.

Isopleth showing incremental concentration of PM

from area source and clearly indicating the air quality

contours and windroses showing pre-dominant wind

direction have been prepared. Detail of same along

with details of the model used and input parameters

used for modelling has been given in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.1, pg

127 to 135

24. The water requirement for the Project, its

availability and source should be furnished. A

detailed water balance should also be provided.

Fresh water requirement for the Project should

be indicated.

Total water requirement for the mining project will be

120 KLD which will be sourced from groundwater.

Details reg. the same and detailed water balance is

incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP Report

Chapter II, Para

2.6.1.1, pg 44 to

45

25. Necessary clearance from the Competent

Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of

water for the Project should be provided.

Application for withdrawing ground water has been

submitted to CGWA vide letter dated 26.10.2017.


Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.6.1.1, pg 44 to

45

Annexure VI

26. Description of water conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the Project should

be given. Details of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the Project, if any, should be

provided.

Water conservation measures proposed to be

adopted for the project have been incorporated in

Final EIA/EMP Report.

Rainwater harvesting practices have been adopted in

the project & details of the same have been

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.3.4, Pg

139



ToR Compliance


incorporated in Final EIA/EMP Report.

27. Impact of the project on the water quality, both

surface and groundwater should be assessed

and necessary safeguard measures, if any

required, should be provided.

Impact of the project on the water quality, both

surface and groundwater along with necessary

safeguard measures is incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP Report

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.3, Pg

138 to 139

28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly

be shown whether working will intersect

groundwater. Necessary data and

documentation in this regard may be provided.

In case the working will intersect groundwater

table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should

be undertaken and Report furnished.

The report inter- alia, shall include details of the

aquifers present and impact of mining activity

on these aquifers. Necessary permission from

Central Ground Water Authority for working

below ground water and for pumping of ground

water should also be obtained and copy

furnished.

Elevation Range 395 m AMSL to 505 m

AMSL

General Ground Level 405 m AMSL

Ground Water Table 370 m AMSL (35 m bgl)

Ultimate Working

Depth

396 m AMSL (9 m bgl)

As per the above mentioned details, Mining will be

done above water table, hence water table will not be

intersected by mine working.

Detailed Hydro-geological study has been carried out

and incorporated in the Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.3.2, pg

139

Annexure XI

29. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise,

passing through the lease area and modification

/ diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of

the same on the hydrology should be brought

out.

The area is devoid of perennial streams/rivers. A few

nallas cut their course through alluvial formations.

-

30. Information on site elevation, working depth,

groundwater table etc. Should be provided both

in AMSL and BGL. A schematic diagram may also

be provided for the same.

Elevation Range 395 m AMSL to 505 m

AMSL

395 m AMSL to 505 m

AMSL

General Ground Level 405 m AMSL 405 m AMSL

Ground Water Table 370 m AMSL (35 m bgl) 396 m AMSL

Ultimate Working

Depth:

396 m AMSL (9 m bgl) 35 mbgl

A schematic diagram showing all mining details for

the same is enclosed with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter II,

Table 2.11, pg

56

Annexure VD

31. A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular

form (indicating the linear and quantitative

coverage, plant species and time frame) and

submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have

to be executed up front on commencement of

Time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan

in a tabular form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame)

has been prepared.

The same will be executed on up front on

commencement of the project.



ToR Compliance


the project. Phase-wise plan of plantation and

compensatory afforestation should be charted

clearly indicating the area to be covered under

plantation and the species to be planted. The

details of plantation already done should be

given. The plant species selected for green belt

should have greater ecological value and should

be of good utility value to the local population

with emphasis on local and native species and

the species which are tolerant to pollution.

Species selected for green belt will have greater

ecological value and good utility value to local

population. Local Species will be selected with

consultation of local forest dept.

Details of the same are incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP Report

Chapter X, Para

10.5, pg 196 to

198

32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to

the Project should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project

in the present road network (including those

outside the Project area) should be worked out,

indicating whether it is capable of handling the

incremental load. Arrangement for improving

the infrastructure, if contemplated (including

action to be taken by other agencies such as

State Government) should be covered. Project

Proponent shall conduct Impact of

Transportation study as per Indian Road

Congress Guidelines.

At present, uncrushed ore is being transported from

RAS-I Mine to the crusher located at RAS-II Mine by

Dumpers (aerial distance between RAS-I & Ras-II mine

is approx 14 kms) and then the crushed material is

being transported from RAS-II Mine to the Captive

Cement Plant (Aerial distance between RAS-II mine to

Captive cement Plant is approx 0.5 km) by the tippers

till the conveyor belt system is made operational.

In future, uncrushed ore will be feed to crusher

proposed in this mine, and then crsuhed limestone

will be transported to Cement plant.

Traffic study has been conducted by CSIR, New Delhi.


EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.8, Pg

144 to 145

Annexure XII

33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be

provided to the mine workers should be

included in the EIA report.

Site services like rest shelter, drinking water facilities,

first aid centers etc. are being provided to the mine

workers. Details for the same are given in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.4.1, Pg 43

34. Conceptual post mining land use and

Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas

(with plans and with adequate number of

sections) should be given in the EIA report.

Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation

and Restoration of mined out areas with plans and

sections have been prepared.


Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.6.6 Pg 58

Annexure VC

35. Occupational Health impacts of the Project

should be anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details

of pre-placement medical examination and

periodical medical examination schedules

Occupational health impacts of the Project have been

assessed and details along with proposed preventive

measures are incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Details of pre-placement medical examination and

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.10 Pg

146 to 149



ToR Compliance


should be incorporated in the EMP. The projects

specific occupation health mitigation measures

with required facility proposed in the mining

area may be detailed.

periodical medical examination schedules have also

been incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP Report

Chapter X, Para

10.6 Pg 198 to

199.

36. Public health implications of the Project and

related activities for the population in the

impact zone should be systematically evaluated

and the proposed remedial measures should be

detailed along with budgetary allocations

Public health implications of the project and related

activities for the population in the impact zone have

been evaluated and common diseases were

identified. The same is given in this Final EIA/EMP

Report

Budgetary allocation for health related activities to be

taken up by ACL have been incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.7, pg

144

Chapter VIII,

Para 8.4, Pg 185

– 191.

37. Measures of socio economic significance and

influence to the local community proposed to

be provided by the Project Proponent should be

indicated. As far as possible, quantitative

dimensions may be given with time frames for

implementation.

Details of community welfare activities to be done for

the local community, along with proposed budget

have been incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP report.

Chapter VIII,

Para 8.4, Pg 185

– 191

38. Detailed environmental management plan

(EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts

which, should inter-alia include the impacts of

change of land use, loss of agricultural and

grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts

besides other impacts specific to the proposed

Project.

Detailed Environmental Management Plan for this

Mining Project has been incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter X, Pg

194 to 200.

39.

Public hearing points raised and commitment of

the project proponent on the same along with

time bound action plan with budgetary

provisions to implement the same should be

provided and also incorporated in the final

EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

Public hearing for this expansion project was held on

25.10.2018.

Details of same is given in this Final EIA/EMP Report

Chapter VII,

Para 7.2, Pg 156

to 174

40. Details of litigation pending against the project,

if any, with direction /order passed by any Court

of Law against the project should be given.

There is no litigation against the project in any court

-

41. The cost of the project (capital cost and

recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt

out.

• Total Project cost is Rs. 85 Crores/-

• Cost for EMP - Capital Cost - Rs. 7.0 Crore/-

• Recurring Cost for EMP – Rs. 50 Lacs/annum


Chapter VI,

Para 6.6, Pg 155



ToR Compliance


Report.

42. A Disaster management plan shall be prepared

and include in the EIA/EMP report.

Disaster Management and Risk Assessment Plan has

been prepared and incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP

report

Chapter VII,

Para 7.4, Pg 175

to 183

43. Benefits of the project if the Project is

implemented should be spelt out. The benefits

of the Project shall clearly indicate

environmental, social, economic, employment

potential, etc.

The benefits of the Project clearly indicating

environmental, social, economic, employment

potential, etc. have been incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP Report

Chapter VIII, Pg

184 to 192

44. Details of action plan with financial and

physical breakup (2.5% of the total cost of the

project) to be earmarked towards the

Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) based

on local needs

Detailed Action Plan with financial and physical break

up (2 % of the total cost of the project) towards the

Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) based on local

needs has been prepared.


Report.

Chapter VIII,

Para 8.4, Pg 185

-191

B. ADDITIONAL TOR

45. Impact of mining activity on adjacent land with

particular reference to run off, soil erosion and

loss of top soil due to change in topography;

Impact on adjacent land due to the mining project has

been assessed. Details along with mitigation

measures are given in this Final EIA/EMP report.

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.4.4, Pg

141

46. Details of Transportation of mined out materials

as per the Indian Road Congress for both the

ways (loaded as well as unloaded trucks) load

and its impact on Environment.

Traffic study has been conducted by CSIR, New Delhi.


EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter IV,

Para 4.2.8, Pg

144 to 145

Annexure XII

47. Cumulative impact of all existing mining on the

present land use in the study area.

Cumulative impact of existing mining activity in the

study area has been already considered in the

baseline.

Chapter-III,

Table 3.8, pg 81

48. Details of the permission of the State

Government as per Law for diversion of land use

change, if applicable, needs to be submitted.

Mining lease is granted in Rajasthan for mining

purpose and as such, there is no separate stipulation

for change of land use.

-

C. STANDARD TOR FOR MINERAL BENEFICIATION PROJECT

1. The alternate sites considered, the relative

merits and demerits and the reasons for

selecting the proposed site

Mining is a site specific operation and crusher of 1200

TPH and Screening Plant system is proposed to be

installed within the lease area, hence no alternative

site is being considered.

-

2. Details of the technology and process involved

in the project

Details regarding technology and process involved in

the crushing are incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.6.4.1, Page

no. 51 to 56

3. Location of the proposed plant w.r.t. the source Limestone is a raw material for integrated cement



ToR Compliance


of raw material and mode of transportations of

the ore from mines to the beneficiation plant.

plant and Crusher of 1200 TPH capacity is proposed to

be installed in RAS-I Mine.

Uncrushed ore is being transported from RAS-I Mine

to the crusher located at RAS-II Mine by Dumpers

(aerial distance between RAS-I & Ras-II mine is approx

14 kms) and then the crushed material is being

transported from RAS-II Mine to the Captive Cement

Plant (Aerial distance between RAS-II mine to Captive

cement Plant is approx 0.5 km) by the tippers till the

conveyor belt system is made operational.

4. Treatment of runoff from the fines/waste

dump.

No run off will be there from the fines/waste dump.

-

5. Estimation of the fines going into the washings

and its management

No washing is proposed in this proposed Limestone

Mining Project.

-

6. Details of the equipment, settling pond etc. Details of the same are given in this Final EIA/EMP

Report

Chapter II,

Table 2.10, Pg

54

7. Detailed material balance to be provided. Material balance is not required. -

8. Source of raw material and its transportation.

Steps proposed to be taken to protect the ore

from getting air borne.

Crusher is proposed within mining lease area. Raw

material will be fed from mine.

-

9. Management and disposal of tailings and

closure plan of the tail ing pond, if any, after the

project is over.

No tailing will be there. -

10. The water requirement for the project, its

availability and source to be furnished. A


Fresh water requirement for the project should

also be indicated

Reply of the same is given in the ToR Point no. A (24)

-

11. A copy of the document in support of the fact

that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of

the unit should be given.

Reply of the same is given in the ToR Point no. A (2) -

12. All documents including EIA and public hearing

should be compatible with one another in

terms of the production levels, waste

generation and its management and technology

and should be in the name of the Lessee

Noted and complied with

-

13. All comer coordinates of the unit, superimposed Crusher is proposed within the Existing mining lease -



ToR Compliance


on a High Resolution Imagery/toposheet

should be provided. Such an Imagery of the

proposed. Unit should clearly show the land

use and other ecological features of the study

area (core and buffer zone).

area and reply of the same is given in the TOR point A

(4).

14. It should be clearly stated whether the

proponent company has a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA

report with description of the prescribed

operating process/procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation/violation of

the environmental or forest norms/ conditions?

The hierarchical system or administrative order

of the Company to deal with the environmental

issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC

conditions may also be given. The system of

reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors

of the company and/or shareholders or

stakeholders at large, may also be detailed in

the EIA report.

Reply of the same is given in the TOR point A (7).

-

15. Issues relating to Safety should be detailed. The

proposed safeguard measures in each case

should also be provided. Disaster management

plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/

EMP Report.

Proper Safeguard measures will be taken during

crushing. Details of the same are given in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

Disaster management plan has been prepared and

details of the same are given in this Final EIA/EMP

Report

Chapter VII,

Para 7.4, Pg 175

16. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone

around the plant.

Reply of the same is given in the TOR point A (9). -

17. Cumulative impact study of both beneficiation

plant with suggested mitigation measures as

per the study.

Proposed crusher will be used for reduction in the

size of limestone and no quality up gradation of ore

takes place.

-

18. Railway siding and its location with handling

capacity and safety measures.

There will be no Railway siding. -

19. Option to provide only silo for storage of

minerals instead to open stacking to avoid

fugitive dust

Not Applicable. This is Limestone Mining Project and

limestone produced from this mine will be

transported from mine phase to crusher (presently

-



ToR Compliance


located at RAS-II Mine) and from Crusher to Cement

Plant

20. Land use of the study area delineating forest

area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of

fauna, water bodies, human settlements and

other ecological features should be indicated.

Land use plan of the mine lease area should be

prepared to encompass preoperational,

operational and post operational phases and

submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use

should be given.

Reply of the same is given in the TOR point A (10) -

21. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps

outside the mine lease, such as extent of land

area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R

issues, if any, should be given.


22. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in

the State Forest Department should be

provided, confirming the involvement of forest

land, if any, in the project area.

In the event of any contrary claim by the Project

Proponent regarding the status of forests, the

site may be inspected by the State Forest

Department along with the Regional Office of

the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests,

based on which, the Certificate in this regard as

mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it

would be desirable for representative of the

State Forest Department to assist the Expert

Appraisal Committees.


23. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up

area and virgin forestland involved in the Project

including deposition of net present value (NPV)

and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be

indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance

should also be furnished.


24. Implementation status of recognition of forest

rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other




ToR Compliance


Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of

Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

25. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study

area, with necessary details, should be given.


26. A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the

study area and details furnished. Impact of the

project on the wildlife in the surrounding and

any other protected area and accordingly

detailed Mitigative measures required, should

be worked out with cost implications and

submitted.


27. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar

site Tiger/ Elephant Reserves/(existing as well as

proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease

should be clearly indicated, supported by a

location map duly authenticated by Chief

Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be

applicable to such projects due to proximity of

the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned

above, should be obtained from the Standing

committee of national board of Wildlife and

copy furnished.


28. A detailed biological study of the study area

[core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried

out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered,

endemic and RET species duly authenticated,

separately for core and buffer zone should be

furnished based on such primary field survey,

clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna

present.

In case of any scheduled-I fauna found in the

study area, the necessary plan along with

budgetary provision for their conservation

should be prepared in consultation with State

Forest and Wildlife Department and details




ToR Compliance


furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be made as part

of the project cost.

29. Proximity to Areas declared as ‘Critically

Polluted’ or the Project areas likely to come

under the ‘Aravali Range’, (attracting court

restrictions for mining operations), should also

be indicated and where so required, clearance

certifications from the prescribed Authorities,

such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. Should

be secured and furnished to the effect that the

proposed mining activities could be considered.


30. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly

authenticated by one of the authorized

agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,

location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal

feature such as mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling

under CRZ would also, need to obtain approval

of the concerned Coastal Zone Management

Authority).


31. R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project

Affected People (PAP) should be furnished.

While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant

State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs

/STs and other weaker sections of the society in

the study area, a need based sample survey,

family-wise, should be undertaken to assess

their requirements, and action programmes

prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of line

departments of the State Government. It may

be clearly brought out whether the village

located in the mine lease area will be shifted or

not. The issues relating to shifting of Village

including their R&R and socio-economic aspects

should be discussed in the report.




ToR Compliance


32. One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-May

(Summer Season); October-December (post

monsoon season); December-February (winter

season)] primary baseline data on ambient air

quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water

quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall

be collected and the AAQ and other data so

compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and

EMP Report. Site-specific meteorological data

should also be collected. The location of the

monitoring stations should be such as to

represent whole of the study area and justified

keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind

direction and location of sensitive receptors.

There should be at least one monitoring station

within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-

dominant downwind direction. The

mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly

for free silica, should be given.


33. Air quality modeling should be carried out for

prediction of impact of the project on the air

quality of the area. It should also take into

account the impact of movement of vehicles for

transportation of mineral. The details of the

model used and input parameters used for

modelling should be provided.

The air quality contours may be shown on a

location map clearly indicating the location of

the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any,

and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-

dominant wind direction may also be indicated

on the map.


34. The water requirement for the Project, its

availability and source should be furnished. A


Fresh water requirement for the Project should

be indicated.

Reply of the same is given in ToR Point no. (A) 24. -

35. Necessary clearance from the Competent Reply of the same is given in ToR Point no. (A) 25 -



ToR Compliance


Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of

water for the Project should be provided.

36. Description of water conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the Project should

be given. Details of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the Project, if any, should be

provided.

Reply of the same is given in ToR Point no. (A) 26 -

37. Impact of the project on the water quality, both

surface and groundwater should be assessed

and necessary safeguard measures, if any

required, should be provided.


38. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise,

passing through the lease area and modification

/ diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of

the same on the hydrology should be brought

out.


39.

A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular

form (indicating the linear and quantitative

coverage, plant species and time frame) and

submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have

to be executed up front on commencement of

the project. Phase-wise plan of plantation and

compensatory afforestation should be charted

clearly indicating the area to be covered under

plantation and the species to be planted. The

details of plantation already done should be

given. The plant species selected for green belt

should have greater ecological value and should

be of good utility value to the local population

with emphasis on local and native species and

the species which are tolerant to pollution.


40. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to

the Project should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project

in the present road network (including those

outside the Project area) should be worked out,

indicating whether it is capable of handling the

Reply of the same is given in ToR Point no. (A) 32. -



ToR Compliance


incremental load. Arrangement for improving

the infrastructure, if contemplated (including

action to be taken by other agencies such as

State Government) should be covered. Project

Proponent shall conduct Impact of

Transportation study as per Indian Road

Congress Guidelines.

41. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be

provided to the mine workers should be

included in the EIA report.


42. Occupational Health impacts of the Project

should be anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details

of pre-placement medical examination and

periodical medical examination schedules

should be incorporated in the EMP. The projects

specific occupation health mitigation measures

with required facility proposed in the mining

area may be detailed.


43. Public health implications of the Project and

related activities for the population in the

impact zone should be systematically evaluated

and the proposed remedial measures should be

detailed along with budgetary allocations


44. Measures of socio economic significance and

influence to the local community proposed to

be provided by the Project Proponent should be

indicated. As far as possible, quantitative

dimensions may be given with time frames for

implementation.


45. Public hearing points raised and commitment

of the project proponent on the same along

with time bound action plan to implement

the same should be provided and also

incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of

the Project

Public hearing for this expansion project was held on

25.10.2018.

Details of same are given in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter VII,

Para 7.2, Pg 156

to 174

46. Details of litigation pending against the

project, if any, with direction/ order passed by

No litigation is pending against the project. -



ToR Compliance


any Court of Law against the project should be

given.

47. The cost of the project (capital cost and

recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt

out.

Reply of the same is givefn in the TOR point A (41)

48. Provide a brief background of the project,

financial position, group companies. and legal

issues etc.; past and current important

litigations.

Group of Company: Ambuja Cement Ltd

Financial Year (2017-18):

Revenue from operation – Rs. 10240 Crores/-

Operation profits – Rs. 1940 Crores/-

Net profit - Rs. 1250 Crores/-

Net worth (as on 31st March 2018) - Rs. 19973 Crores/-

Legal Issues: Nil

Past and current litigation: Nil

-

49. Benefits of the project if the project is

implemented. The benefits of the projects

shall clearly indicate environmental, social,

economic, employment potential, etc.


6. Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed

a) Executive Summary of the EIA/EMP Report. Executive Summary of the EIA/EMP report is enclosed

with this Final EIA/EMP report.

-

b) All documents to be properly referenced with

index and continuous page numbering.

Complied with -

c) Where data are presented in the report

especially in tables, the period in which the data

were collected and the sources should be

indicated.

Complied with -

d) Project Proponent shall enclose all the

analysis/testing report of the water, air, soil,

noise etc. using the MoEFCC/NABL accredited

laboratories. All the original analysis/testing

reports should be available during appraisal of

the Project.

Analysis results of water, air, soil, noise etc. for the

project have been incorporated in this Final EIA/ EMP

Report.

Noted.

Chapter III Para

3.11 (Pg 78) to

3.14 (Pg 95)

e) Where the documents provided are in a

language other than English, an English

translation should be provided.

Complied with -

f) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal

of mining projects as devised earlier by the

Duly filled Questionnaire for environmental appraisal

of Mining project will be submitted with Final

Annexure XV



ToR Compliance


Ministry shall also be filled and submitted. EIA/EMP Report.

g) While preparing the EIA report, the instructions

for the proponents and instructions for the

consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-

11013/4112006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009,

which are available on the website of this

Ministry, should be followed.

Instructions issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-

11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009, have

been followed.

-

h) Changes, if any made in the basic scope and

project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and

the PFR for securing the TOR) should be

brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with

reasons for such changes and permission should

be sought, as the TOR may also have to be

altered. Post Public Hearing changes in

structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP

(other than modifications arising out of the P.H.

process) will entail conducting the PH again

with the revised documentation.

Noted and Complied with -

i) As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA.II(I)

dated 30.5.2012, certified report of the status of

compliance of the conditions stipulated in the

environment clearance for the existing

operations of the project should be obtained

from Regional Office of Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as

may be applicable.

The Environmental Clearance for existing limestone

production Capacity of 0.279 million TPA was

obtained by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide letter no. J-

11011/54/2010-IA-II (I) dated March 29th, 2012.

Compliance Report of existing EC has been certified

by MOEFCC (Central Region), Lucknow vide letter no

IV/ENV/R/IND-132/836/2012/234 dated 24.08.2018.


Report

Chapter I, Para

No 1.2.1 (e), pg

34

Annexure IIIB

j) The EIA report should also include (i) surface

plan of the area indicating contours of main

topographic features, drainage and mining area,

(ii) geological maps and sections and (iii)

sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if

any, clearly showing the land features of the

adjoining area.

Surface plan of the area indicating contours of main

topographic features, drainage and mining area are


Geological plan and sections of the mine and external

dumps showing the land features of the adjoining

area are enclosed with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Annexure V

7. The EIA report should also include (i) surface

plan of the area indicating contours of main

topographic features, drainage and mining area,

(ii) geological maps and sections and (iii)

Surface plan of the area indicating contours of main

topographic features, drainage and mining area are


Geological plan and sections of the mine and external



ToR Compliance


sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if

any, clearly showing the land features of the

adjoining area

dumps showing the land features of the adjoining

area are enclosed with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Annexure V

8. The prescribed TOR would be valid for a period

of three years for submission of the EWEMP

report, as per the O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II

(I) dated 22.3.2010, 22.08.2014, 08.10.2014 and

07.11.2014. The instant TOR is valid up to

04.09.2020

Noted and agreed with -

9. After preparing the draft EIA (as per the generic

structure prescribed in Appendix- I1I of the EJA

Notification, 2006) covering the above

mentioned issues, the proponent will get

the public hearing conducted and take further

necessary action for obtaining environmental

clearance in accordance with the procedure

prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006

Noted and agreed with -

10. This issue with approval of Competent

Authority.

Noted & Agreed with -

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I

Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha)

At Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan)



CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Ambuja Cements Ltd. (ACL) has proposed expansion in limestone Production capacity in RAS-I

Limestone Mine in District Pali (Rajasthan). In accordance to EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006 as

amended from time to time, Environmental Clearance is mandatory. This report has been

prepared in reference to the ToR Letter issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide letter no. J-

11015/82/2017-IA.II (M) dated September 28th, 2017 to carry out the Environmental Impact

Assessment study for the Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279

Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine

(ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha) at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya,

Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan). Terms of Reference was granted during 22nd meeting of

Expert Appraisal Committee (Non-Coal Mining) held during September 19th, 2017 (Agenda Item

No. 2.18). The baseline data for the environmental studies has been collected during Post

Monsoon Season, 2017 (October- December, 2017) as per the TOR letter issued by MoEFCC, New

Delhi.

The main purpose of this report is to provide a coherent statement after analyzing all significant

impacts of this mining project and measures that should be taken. It contains essential

information for:

• The proponent to implement the proposal in an environmentally and socially responsible way;

• The responsible authority to make an informed decision on the proposal, including the terms

and conditions that must be attached to an approval or authorization; and

• The public to understand the proposal and its likely impacts on people and the environment.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

A. Proposed Project

M/s. Ambuja Cements Limited has proposed expansion in limestone Production capacity from

0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No 10/94, ML Area 183.53 ha) at

Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali

(Rajasthan).

B. Screening Category

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 as amended on date, the project falls under

Category “A”, Project or Activity 1(a)(3) for Mining of Mineral and Project Activity 2(b) (3) for

Mineral Beneficiation (Crusher with Wobbler).






C. Mining Lease Status

The mining lease over an area of 183.53 ha was granted in favor of DLF Cements Ltd. vide

letter no. P-3(28)/Mine/Group-1/92 dated 24.04.1997 for a period of 20 years w.e.f date of

lease registration. Lease was executed on 13.06.1997 and registered on 25.11.1997.

Transfer of mining lease from M/s. DLF Cements Ltd to Ambuja Cement Rajasthan Ltd

(ACRL) was done by State Govt vide their order no P-3(28)/Mine/Group-1/92 dated

16.05.2005 of which supplementary lease execution was done on 17.11.2005.

Later on, Ambuja Cement Rajasthan Ltd (ACRL) was amalgamated with Gujarat Ambuja

Cements Ltd (GACL).

Transfer of mining lease from Ambuja Cement Rajasthan Ltd (ACRL) to Gujarat Ambuja

Cements Ltd (GACL) was done by Directorate vide their order no

Nikhabhu/Sojat/CC.8/P.1(1)10/1994/2073 dated 06.12.2005 which was executed on

02.01.2006 and registered on 10.01.2006.

Mining Lease has been extended upto 24.11.2047, under Section 8A (5) of M.M.D.R.

Amendment Act 2015. Letter for the same has also been obtained from the Office of

Mining Engineer, Department of Mines and Geology, Rajasthan vide their letter no.

ME/Sojat/Major/ML/10/1994/2055 dated 24.02.2015 in favor of GACL.

Transfer of Mining Lease from Gujarat Ambuja Cements Ltd (GACL) to Ambuja Cements

Ltd (ACL) is under process with Department of Mines & Petroleum. Letter has been

forwarded from Directorate of Mines & Geology to Department of Mines & Petroleum

vide their letter no Nikhabhu / Major / Sojat / CC.I / M.L.2 / 94 / 1360 dated 07.09.2017

regarding transfer of mine lease. (Copy of lease documents enclosed as Annexure I).

D. STATUS OF MINING PLAN WITH PROGRESSIVE MINE CLOSURE PLAN

Modified Mining Plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been approved by Indian Bureau of

Mines (IBM), Ajmer vide letter no. 584(4)(3)(1739)/2018 RCM-AJM/787-790 dated 07.06.2018

(Copy enclosed as Annexure II).

E. STATUS OF EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE & CONSENTS

Existing Environmental Clearances (EC)

S. No. Particular Letter No & Date Ref

1. Environment Clearance for existing limestone

production Capacity of 0.279 million TPA

J-11011/54/2010-IA-II (I) dated 29.03.2012 Annex-IIIA

2. Compliance status of existing EC was certified

by MoEFCC RO, Lucknow

Letter No IV/ENV/R/IND-132/836/2012/234

dated 24.08.2018

Annex-IIIB

Existing CTE & CTO

S.N Particular Letter No & Date Ref

1. CTE under Water Act (1974) and Air Act (1981)

for 0.279 milion TPA limestone production

Letter no. 2012-2013/Mines/1440 dated

09.07.2012 (Valid upto 30.06.2015) Annex-IIIC






capacity

2. CTO under Water Act (1974) and Air Act (1981)


capacity

Order No 2012-2013/Mines/1512 dated

17.08.2012

(valid from 17.08.2012 to 31.07.2015)

Annex-IIID

3 CTO under Water Act (1974) and Air Act (1981)


capacity

Order No 2016-2017/Mines/7007 dated

03.05.2016

(valid from 01.08.2015 to 31.07.2018)

Annex-IIIE

F. STATUS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT

The chronology of the project activities undertaken so far with respect to the process of getting

Environment clearance are as given in the table below-

Table-1.1

Status of proposal for Environment clearance

S. No. Project Activity Date/Duration

1. Application (Form-I/ToR and Pre-Feasibility Report)

uploaded on MoEFCC web portal July 10th , 2017

2. First Technical Presentation (for ToR approval) held before

EAC (Non Coal Mining)

August 29th, 2017 (in 21st EAC

Meeting, Agenda Item no. 2.10)

3.

Technical Presentation (for reconsideration of ToR) held

before EAC (Non Coal Mining) for revision of crusher

capacity from 800 TPH to 1200 TPH

September 19th, 2017 (22nd EAC

meeting Agenda no. 2.18)

4. ToR Letter issued by MoEFCC on Vide letter no. J-11015/82/2017-IA.II

(M) dated September 28th, 2017

5. Baseline Monitoring & data collection (as per TOR issued by

MoEFCC)

Post-Monsoon Season

(October- December, 2017)

6. Public hearing documents submission to RSPCB September 5th, 2018

7. Public hearing conduction October 25th, 2018

1.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT

Ambuja Cements Limited, formerly known as Gujarat Ambuja Cements Limited, is a major

cement producing company in India. The Group's principal activity is to manufacture and

market cement and clinker for both domestic and export markets.

Ambuja Cements Ltd, has become a part of the global conglomerate Lafarge-Holcim, one of

the leading cement companies in the Indian cement industry.

From a single plant with a capacity of 700,000 tonnes per annum in 1986 to cement giant with

five integrated cement manufacturing plants and eight cement grinding units with a total

capacity of 29.65 million tonnes in 2016, the company has come a long way in only 30 years of

its existence.

Ambuja Cement’s Rabriyawas Plant received Rajasthan Energy Conservation Award, 2016.






1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO

THE COUNTRY, REGION

1.3.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE & LOCATION OF PROJECT

The brief description of the nature, size and location of the project has been given in table below:

Table 1.2

Brief description of the project

S.NO. PARTICULARS DETAILS

A. Nature of the Project Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80

Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine

B. Size of the Project

1. ML Area 183.53 ha

2. Production capacity From 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA

C. Location Details

1. Village Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya

2. Tehsil Jaitaran

3. District Pali

4. State Rajasthan

5. Latitude 26023’12.75’’ N to 26024’16.61’’N

6. Longitude 74013’26.32’’ E to 74014’35.49’’E

7. Survey of India Toposheet no. Core zone : G43I3

Buffer zone : G43I3 & G43I7

Source: Pre-feasibility Report

1.3.2 PROJECT IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION

Proposed expansion project will result in growth of the surrounding areas by increased direct

and indirect employment opportunities in the region including ancillary development and

supporting infrastructure.

The mining project has generated/ will generate revenue to the Government, beside this

Royalty and other taxes would be additional benefit and it is being/ will be utilized by local

administration for the development of socio-economic infrastructure and well being of the

local population.

With respect to the importance of the project to the Nation, the cement demand for

infrastructure projects such as the dedicated freight corridor, upgraded and new airports and

ports, housing and roads, is likely to increase substantially. Keeping this requirement in mind,

mining of limestone is necessary for the nation’s growth and modernization.

Besides this, the project has proved/ will prove beneficial in terms of rapid industrialization

and growth in the region. Proposed mining lease has deposit of good grade limestone, which

can fulfill the need of limestone for Cement Industries and other end users.






1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

Scope of this study covers all the points given in the Terms of Reference (ToR) prescribed by the

MoEFCC vide letter no. J-11015/82/2017-IA.II (M) dated September 28th, 2017.

The data generated from various studies for EIA/EMP are presented and discussed in following

chapters of this report prepared as per Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter Description

Chapter- I Introduction

Chapter-II Project Description

Chapter-III Description of the Environment

Chapter-IV Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Chapter-V Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Chapter-VI Environmental Monitoring Plan

Chapter-VII Additional Studies

Chapter-VIII Project Benefits

Chapter-IX Environment Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter-X Environment Management Plan

Chapter-XI Summary & Conclusion

Chapter-XII Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION






CHAPTER–II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

M/s. Ambuja Cements Ltd. has Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279



Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan).


Category “A”, Project or Activity 1(a)(3) under Mining of Minerals and Project Activity 2(b) (3) for


2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

M/s. Ambuja Cements Limited (Unit: Rabariyawas) has its existing Integrated Cement Plant

with Clinker Production Capacity (2.9 Million TPA), Captive Power Plant (53 MW) at village-

Rabariyawas, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District-Pali (Rajasthan).

If the plant is operated at full capacity, it will require major cement raw material i.e. limestone

up to 3.6 million TPA. As of today, limestone requirement for clinkerization is met from Ras-II

limestone mine with an approved capacity of 3.6 million tons of limestone and Ras I mine with

an approved capacity of 0.279 million tonnes of limestone.

The Ras-I limestone is of better grade with less interbanding and the same is being used for

blending with low grade material of Ras II (being of highly mixed nature, with intricately inter-

woven waste bands of pegmatites, schists, calc-granulites etc) nature mine.

To achieve the desired limestone quality, about 5 to 8% sweetener limestone is mixed to meet

the set point of raw meal for clinkerisation.

Hence, to address the quality issues, reduce consumption of sweetener limestone and to

optimally utilize Ras-II mine where the reserves are dwindling, ACL has Proposed Expansion in

Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of

Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha) at Villages

Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan).

This will result in judicial blending of material from the two mines and minimize the sweetener

consumption and it shall support plant to achieve full clinkerization capacity as well as to

expand it further at a later date, if required.

The proposed expansion project will prove beneficial in terms of socio-economic

development as it will create employment opportunities to locals. Further, the average

income level, which is the indicator of socio economic status of households, is expected to

increase, which will ultimately result in better standard of living of the local people.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The Mine is located at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran,

District- Pali (Rajasthan). Location details of the lease area are given in Fig- 2.1.






The maps showing general location, specific location (Mine Lease boundary) along with

geographical coordinates, and geology & geomorphology of the mine site is given on the

following pages.

2.3.1 LOCATION MAP (GENERAL & SPECIFIC)

The map showing general as well as specific location of the mine site is as given below-






Fig 2.1 Location Map (Showing general as well as specific location of the ML area)

Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha)




2.3.2 MAP SHOWING GEOLOGY AND GEOMORPHOLOGY OF THE MINE SITE WITH CORNER CO-ORDINATES

Fig. 2.2 Map Showing geology and Geomorphology of the Mine site with all Corner Co-ordinates

Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 M

Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha

At Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and Kotadiya, Tehsil

2.3.3 PROJECT SITE LAYOUT

A. Land Details

Total Mining lease area is

Kotadiya). Out of total mining lease area,

land. This is running mine and

existing mining lease area. So, no additional land will be required.

No forest land falls within the lease area.

ML area has been obtained from Deputy Conservator of F

DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018.

Existing Features of the Lease Area

Mine area is irregular in shape.

The Lease area in general has hilly and undulating topography.

No Top Soil is found in the Mine lease area

The Waste comprises interbedded material such as calcareous gneiss/schist, siliceous

limestone along with veins of pegmatite and quartz.

There is no over burden or top soil to be removed. At some places, outcrops

covered by windblown yellow sands.

7.5 m wide statutory barrier along the lease boundary will be maintained.

Description of the mining lease is given in the surface plan and the post

been given in the conceptual plan.

2.3.4 PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS

183.53 ha)

Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan)

Mining lease area is 183.53 ha which falls at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dh

of total mining lease area, 180.43 ha is Govt. land and remaining 3.10 ha is private

running mine and expansion in limestone production capacity

mining lease area. So, no additional land will be required.

No forest land falls within the lease area. A Certificate showing No forest land involved within the

ML area has been obtained from Deputy Conservator of Forest, Pali vide letter no.F ()

19/3681 dated 02.07.2018. (Copy of the same is enclosed as Annexure

Existing Features of the Lease Area:

ine area is irregular in shape.

The Lease area in general has hilly and undulating topography.

Top Soil is found in the Mine lease area


limestone along with veins of pegmatite and quartz.

There is no over burden or top soil to be removed. At some places, outcrops

covered by windblown yellow sands.

7.5 m wide statutory barrier along the lease boundary will be maintained.

Description of the mining lease is given in the surface plan and the post-mining land use has

been given in the conceptual plan. (Maps enclosed as Annexure VA & VC respectively

PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

rusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I


at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and

and remaining 3.10 ha is private

on capacity is proposed within

A Certificate showing No forest land involved within the

orest, Pali vide letter no.F ()

Annexure IV).


There is no over burden or top soil to be removed. At some places, outcrops have been

mining land use has

respectively).




2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

The total area of the mine

proposed from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA along with installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH

in RAS-I Limestone Mine. The estimated capital cost of the project is Rs. 85 crores/

2.4.1 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES/ FACILITIES PROPOSED

Unit Activity

Crusher One Crusher of 1200 TPH capacity

To improve the grade of the deposit, screening plant is also proposed t

screening plant will comprise a wobbler and screens

Bag Filter will be provided

Crushed Limestone will be transported

plant via tippers till belt conveyor system is made operational

Statutory

Facilities

Rest Shelter

Drinking Water

Urinals & Latrines

Adequate lighting arrangement

First Aid Stations

First Aid Room

Welfare

Amenities

The Government Hospital at Ras, Pali is

ML area.

The fire Station is at Ras Plant

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The mining project with expansion in Limestone Production capacity

getting all the statutory clearances and consents from the respective authorities. Proposed

schedule for approval for the


183.53 ha)


Figure 2.3: Photographs showing Mine site

SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

mine is 183.53 ha and expansion in Limestone Production capacity has been


I Limestone Mine. The estimated capital cost of the project is Rs. 85 crores/

ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES/ FACILITIES PROPOSED

Table-2.1

Associated Activity Proposed

One Crusher of 1200 TPH capacity is proposed to be installed in the lease area.

To improve the grade of the deposit, screening plant is also proposed to be installed. The

screening plant will comprise a wobbler and screens.

provided to control dust pollution at each transfer point.

Crushed Limestone will be transported from crusher to the company’s integrated

tippers till belt conveyor system is made operational.

Adequate lighting arrangement

The Government Hospital at Ras, Pali is being/ will be used by all the four villages near the

The fire Station is at Ras Plant, Pali.

PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

with expansion in Limestone Production capacity will be implemented after


schedule for approval for the Expansion in mining project is given as under:



is 183.53 ha and expansion in Limestone Production capacity has been


I Limestone Mine. The estimated capital cost of the project is Rs. 85 crores/-.

installed in the lease area.

o be installed. The

integrated cement

being/ will be used by all the four villages near the

will be implemented after







2.5.1 APPROVAL

Table – 2.2

Proposed Schedule for approval of Environmental clearance/Consents

S. No. Activity description Cumulative Duration (Months)

1. Mining Plan preparation & Approval by IBM Completed

2. Environment Clearance from MoEFCC, New Delhi

a. Application submission to MoEF&CC, New Delhi Completed

b. Grant of ToR Completed

c. Baseline Study Conduction (Post Monsoon Season) Completed

d. Submission of PH documents to SPCB August, 2018

e. Conducting Public Hearing 45 Days

f. Appraisal from EAC (Non Coal Mining) 60 Days

g. Grant of EC by MOEF&CC 60 days

3. Grant of Consent To Establish (CTE) 30 days from grant of EC (Duration as per RSPCB)

4. Grant of Consent To Operate (CTO) 30 days from grant of CTE (Duration as per RSPCB)

Duration has been taken from EIA Notification, 2006

2.5.2 IMPLEMENTATION

Implementation of the Expansion project will be done in accordance with the existing acts and

rules applicable to mining operations as well as in accordance with any Act/Rule/Guidelines issued

by central or State Government from time to time. The Implementation of the mining project will

be done as per Approved Modified Mining Plan and Progressive Mine Closure Plan approved by

Indian Bureau of Mines, Ajmer including Exploration, Development of infrastructure facility i.e.

rest shelter, mine office, Workshop etc., Installation of crusher unit, Mine Development &

Production.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

The project requirements such as water, power, man-power, machinery with source of supply are

described in the sections below.

2.6.1.1 WATER REQUIREMENT

Total water requirement for the mining project will be 120 KLD which will be sourced from

groundwater. Substantial Rainwater harvesting has been taken up in the ML area to lower

dependence on the groundwater. Application for withdrawing ground water has been submitted

to CGWA vide letter dated 26.10.2017 (Copy of the same is enclosed as Annexure VI)

The break-up of water requirement is given in the Table 2.3 and water balance diagram is given in

fig. no. 2.4.




S. No. Particulars

1 For Dust Suppression

2 Crusher, Screening Plant, workshop

3 For Green Belt Development

4 For Drinking/ Sanitary use

Total

Source: Approved Modified Mining Plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan

2.6.1.2 POWER REQUIREMENT

Total Power requirement after expansion will be 1.5 MW, which shall be sourced from Rajasthan

State Electricity Board. DG Set will be kept as standby for power requirement.

2.6.1.3 MAN POWER REQUIREMENT

The total manpower required

100 persons will get employed in transportation of limestone from

Plant. Some of skilled manpower from outside/local and most of the Unskilled/semi

manpower are being/ will be sourced from the local area.

locals as per their eligibility.

S.

No. Designation

1. Highly Skilled (Mines Manager,

Maintenance Managers)

2. Asst. Managers/Engineers, Geologist,

Surveyor, Foreman

3. Skilled (Operators, Machanics, Clerks,

Blaster)

Dust Suppression, crusher, workshop (100 KLD)


183.53 ha)


Table: 2.3

Water Requirements (in KLD)

Particulars Existing Additional

23 27

Crusher, Screening Plant, workshop - 50

For Green Belt Development 5 5

For Drinking/ Sanitary use 2 8

30 90

Approved Modified Mining Plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan (Page no.52)

Figure 2.4: Water Balance Diagram


Electricity Board. DG Set will be kept as standby for power requirement.

MAN POWER REQUIREMENT

The total manpower required after proposed expansion will be around 70 persons. Additionally

100 persons will get employed in transportation of limestone from mine to its integrated Cement

Some of skilled manpower from outside/local and most of the Unskilled/semi

will be sourced from the local area.Preference is being/


Table – 2.4

Man Power Requirement

Existing Additional Total

Requirement

Highly Skilled (Mines Manager, 3 2 5

Asst. Managers/Engineers, Geologist, 4 10 14

Skilled (Operators, Machanics, Clerks, 17 21 38

Total Water Requirement (120

KLD)

Dust Suppression, crusher, workshop (100 KLD)

Green belt development (10

KLD)

Domestic/Sanitary (10 KLD)



Total

50

50

10

10

120


persons. Additionally

mine to its integrated Cement

Some of skilled manpower from outside/local and most of the Unskilled/semi-skilled

is being/ will be given to

Additionally 100

persons will get

employed in

transportation

of limestone

from mine to its

integrated

Cement Plant.

Domestic/Sanitary






4. Semi Skilled - 5 5

5. Un – Skilled (Helpers/Mazdoors) 5 3 8

Total 29 41 70

Source: Approved Modified Mine Plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan (Page no. 54-55)

2.6.1.4 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION

The following machinery will be required after Expansion in Limestone Production capacity:

Table – 2.5

Machinery & Equipment for Mining

S. No. Name of Machinery Type/Capacity No.

1. Dumper 50 T 8

2. Excavator 5.5 cu.m 3

3. Drill 115 mm dia 2

4. Dozer D8 1

5. Loader 5 cu.m 1

6. Rock breaker 20-25 T 1

7. Motor Grader - 1

8. Compactor - 1

9. Diesel Tanker 10 KL 1

10. Water Tanker 20 KL 1

11. Explosive Van 10 T 1

12. Maintenance Van - 1

Source: Approved Modified Mining Plan& Progressive Mine Closure Plan (page no. 31-32)

2.6.2 GEOLOGY OF THE AREA

Regional Geology:

The lease area belongs to Pre-Cambrian age forming part of the Aravalli Craton. Regionally the

area falls to the West of great boundary fault and is part of Delhi Super Group. The rocks of Super

Group constitute the main Aravali Mountain ranges over a strike distance of nearly 700 km from

Gujarat to Delhi. These form a broad synform. In the North-Eastern portion they rest on older

Bhilwara group/Banded Gneiss Complex. In the South Western region, there is a structural

discordance to the Aravali Supergroup. The Delhi suite is divided into Raialo, Alwar, and Ajabargh

groups.

Table: 2.6

Regional Geology of the Area

Age Super Group Group/Formation/Series

Upper Proterozoic Post Delhi Intrusive Granite, Pegmatities, Quartz veins and basic

intrusive

Ajabgarh Group






Middle Proterozoic Delhi Super

Group

Alwar Group

Uniformity

Lower Proterozoic

Archeans

Pre-Delhi Granite, Gneisses, Quartzite with schists and phyilites

Source: Approved Modified Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan, Page no. 16-17

Local Geology:

Regionally, the Delhi super group in the north central Aravallis has been subjected to two main

deformations; the first deformation has affected bedding planes and produced Isoclinal fold and

the other has affected axial plane cleavage and the limb of first generation fold. The general strike

of the area is N 350 E – S 350 W with minor variation.

Table: 2.7

Local Geology of the Area

Age Super group Group/Formation/Series

Recent - Sand/

Middle-Proterozoic

Delhi Super

(Rialo group)

Limestone

Unconformity

Low Proterozoicto

Archeans

Pre-Delhi Granitesand Gneisses, inter layered with

Schists & Pegmatites

Source: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan, Page no. 18

Sand: A large part of the foot hill towards Eastern and Western flank of lease is covered by

windblown sand.

Soil: In some portion of the lease area, limestone is covered with surface soil. The surface soil is

mostly brown in color. The thickness varies from a few cm to a maximum of 1.00 m with an overall

average of about 0.40 m.

Limestone: The area is mostly covered by limestone. The upper surface is moderately weathered

up to two to five meters and due to weathering mostly calcareous clay has been formed.

Weathering is more prominent along the joint and fractured planes. Pegmatites, Calc granulites /

gneiss, Schist is mainly found in contact with the limestone, which limits the extent of limestone in

the eastern portion of the area. In central portion of lease area calc granulites are predominately

exhibits, Pegmatites is also intruded mostly in lower elevation or along the weak planes at places.

A prominent sand band is separating the central lease area and isolating the limestone bands. In a

small pocket of southern portion of lease area calc gneiss mixed with limestone is also observed.

At most of the places, orientation of the calc gneiss, pegmatities intrusion is almost along the

strike line. Thickness of Pegmatite bands is comparatively higher than the other intrusive bodies in

the area. As per geological exploration in the lease area, limestone occurs in bands which vary

from few centimeters to around 20m of thickness

The limestone deposit of the area can be broadly divided into two categories:






a) Coarse Crystalline Micaceous Limestone

This is generally whitish gray in color, compact and massive, with well developed calcite

crystals, showing interlocking texture. The grains are foliated along the bedding planes.

Mineralogically, it contains calcite specs of biotite and muscovite and minor quartz at places.

b) Fine grained (Cryptocrystalline) Limestone

The fine grained limestone occurs at the base in the Eastern and western side of the hills. It is

grey to dark grey in color, hard, compact and massive. It contains minor muscovite/ biotite

flakes and grains of quartz. Minor cracks are also visible. Minor calcite fillings are also

observed along fracture planes.

Associated Rocks: The limestone deposit in this area is seen intercalated with calc gneiss, granitic

pegmatite etc. These rocks are megascopically distinguishable from limestone and intimately

interbedded. The frequency of intercalation is, however, unpredictable in this area. The

lithological description of associated rocks is as follows:

a) Pegmatite

The granite pegmatite occurs mainly at the base of the hill with few patches at other places. It

is pink to white in color, medium to coarse grained highly fractured and broken in nature. It

mainly contains quartz feldspar, tourmaline muscovite and biotite pegmatite intrusion is

noticed in some of the bore holes. These pegmatites are mostly composed of quartz and

feldspar, with biotite and muscovite flakes.

b) Calc-gneisses

Calc-gneisses are inter bedded with limestone and generally follow the bedding plane with a

variation in the thickness. They are dark brown to grey in color, medium to fine grained

massive and compact.

c) Biotite Muscovite Schist

Biotite muscovite schist occurs as discontinued lensoid bodies within the limestone bands

more or less parallel to the limestone bands. These are calcareous in nature having smaller

size mica flakes.

2.6.3 DETAILS OF MINING

2.6.3.1 EXPLORATION CARRIED OUT IN THE AREA

In order to understand the local geology and to assess the resources, surface and sub-surface

exploration by means of geological mapping, collection of surface samples, drilling, sampling and

chemical analysis was carried out. About 15 core boreholes (RI/1 to RI/15) aggregating about

768.50 m of core drilling was carried out in first phase prior to mine opening by earlier promoter.

The maximum depth of the boreholes was 72.25 m whereas minimum was 27.00m. The core was

collected using NX and BX size drill bits and double tube barrels to ensure maximum core

recovery. However, the holes were closed whenever the desired depth was achieved or the core

barrel was jammed due to pegmatite intrusion.

The core obtained from the drilling was visually logged in detail for every meter for all the litho

units intersected in the boreholes. A total of 719 samples were prepared and analyzed for total






carbonates. Out of 719 primary samples, about 203 composite samples of limestone were

prepared and analyzed for six radicals namely SiO2%, Al2O3%, Fe2O3%, CaO%, MgO% and LOI% to

understand the quality of limestone.

Details of the boreholes in the lease area are as follows:

Table 2.8

Proposed Exploration carried out in the Lease Area

Year Type of Holes No. of Holes Meters drilled

1992 Core 15 768.50

2012-13 Core 23 1838.00

2013-14 Core 38 2285.18

2017-18 Core 11 897.70

Total 87 5789.38


Chemical Analysis of the Bore Holes has been carried out at SGS India Pvt. Ltd. which is a NABL

accredited Laboratory at Chennai. Total Rs. 160 Lacs/- have been incurred in various prospecting

operations including drilling, sampling and analysis.

2.6.3.2 FUTURE EXPLORATION TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE AREA

As mentioned above, considering the complexity of the deposit and intercalation of metamorphic

rock or due to erratic igneous intrusion, 27 additional boreholes had been planned to be drilled.

However, drilling progress was very slow due to some local issues with villagers and techno-

commercial matter of drilling agency. Total 11 boreholes have been drilled so far out of 27

proposed boreholes. Remaining out of 16 boreholes, the location of one borehole is falling outside

lease area due to fresh demarcation of lease boundary using DGPS survey through State DMG

office. Backlog of 15 boreholes of year 2017-18 and additional 10 boreholes have been planned

during the year 2018-19. Hence, total 25 boreholes have been proposed to be drilled during the

year 2018-19. The analysis of these boreholes shall strengthen the confidence level and help

review mining strategy, if needed. The drilling is expected to be completed during the year 2018-

19. Further, the shallow drilling depth is planned for non-mineralized area. The expenditure likely

to be incurred for the proposed drilling of bore holes is around Rs. Fifty Five Lakhs. The future

exploration program has been planned considering that boreholes will close in lithologies other

than limestone.







2.6.3.3 ESTIMATION OF RESERVES

As per Approved Mining Plan, total mineral reserves and resources are calculated as 137.74 Million

Tonne (as on 01.04.2018). Details of Geological reserves as per UNFC Classification are given in the

following table:

Table: 2.9 Reserves as per UNFC

Classification UNFC Code Quantity in Million tonnes Grade% CaCO3

Total Mineral Resources

Mineable reserves

1. Proved Mineral reserves 111 124.36 Cement Grade

2. Probable Mineral reserves 121 and 122 0.88 Cement Grade

Subtotal (A) 125.24

B. Remaining Resources

1. Feasibility Mineral Resources 211

2. Pre-Feasibility Mineral Resources 221 &222 9.95 Cement Grade

3. Measured Mineral Resources 331 -

4. Indicated Mineral Resources 332 2.55 Cement Grade

5. Inferred Mineral Resources 333 -

6. Reconnaissance Mineral resource 334 -

Sub Total (B) 12.50

Grand Total (A + B) 137.74

Source: Approved Modified Mining plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan, page no.29






2.6.3.3.1 MINEABLE RESERVES & ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE

The life of mine based on assessed residual mineral reserves would be around 48 years reckoning

the proposed rated annual capacity of 2.8 million tones of limestone. Life of mine may also change

depending upon actual production during lease life, availability of statutory clearances and

tonnages available from other mining lease in future.

2.6.3.3.2 USE OF MINERAL

The Limestone produced from RAS-I mines will be used for blending with Limestone of RAS- II

Mines to enhance its quality and would be used in the integrated cement plant located at village-

Rabariyawas, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District-Pali (Rajasthan), if it operates at its maximum capacity. This

judicial blending of material from the two mines and minimize the sweetener consumption and it

shall support plant to achieve full clinkerization capacity as well as to expand it further at a later

date, if required.

2.6.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.4.1 EXISTING AND PROPOSED METHOD OF MINING

Mining operations is being/will be carried out by fully mechanized opencast mining method.

Bench height in the ore and overburden will not be more than 8 meters and bench width will

be more than the bench height.

Drilling is being/will be carried out by crawler mounted DTH hammer Drill machine.

Conventional blasting is being/will be done using ANFO and high explosives with use of shock

tube detonator and Noiseless Trunk line Delays.

No secondary blasting is being/will be undertaken and the boulders are/will be broken using

hydraulic rock breaker.

Loading is being done by Hydraulic Excavators and presently, the uncrushed ore is being

transported from RAS-I Mine to the crusher located at RAS-II Mine by Dumpers (aerial

distance between RAS-I & Ras-II mine is approx 14 kms) and then the crushed material is being

transported from RAS-II Mine to the Captive Cement Plant (Aerial distance between RAS-II

mine to Captive cement Plant is approx 0.5 km) by the tippers till the conveyor belt system is

made operational.

With the proposal of increased capacity of Limestone Production, it is also proposed to install

crusher (of 1200 TPH Capacity) and screening Plant system.

Flow chart for proposed mining process is as given below:




a) Over Burden/Inter Burden

The mine working will involve removal of

mineralized area and same will be used for plantation.

b) Drilling & Blasting

Drilling

Since the limestone is hard and compact, drilling is required to break the rock.

be carried out by crawler mounted DTH hammer Drill machine

of water sprinkling for dust suppression and separate dus

parameters are being/ will be used to meet the production requirements

Bench Height

Drill Hole dia

Burden

Spacing

Sub Grade Drilling

Blasting

Blasting is being/ will be done using

Trunkline Delays. The oversized boulder generated

up by hydraulic rock breaker. No secondary blasting is envisaged in this mine.

Blasting Parameters

Burden

Spacing

Stemming

Sub Grade Drilling

Charge of explosive per hole

Action

OB/IB Removal

Wet Drilling/Dry Drilling with de-dusting arrangement

Controlled Blasting

Loading

Crushing

Transportation


183.53 ha)


Figure: 2.5 (Flow chart for mining process)

Over Burden/Inter Burden Removal

The mine working will involve removal of OB/IB which will be temporarily stacked in non

area and same will be used for plantation.

Since the limestone is hard and compact, drilling is required to break the rock. Drilling

crawler mounted DTH hammer Drill machine equipped with in built arrangement

of water sprinkling for dust suppression and separate dust extraction system

will be used to meet the production requirements:

: 8 meters

: 115 mm

: 3 - 3.5 meters

: 3.5 -4 meters

: 10% of the Bench height

will be done using the non electric shock tube initiating system like Noiseless

The oversized boulder generated during primary blasting is being/ will be broken

up by hydraulic rock breaker. No secondary blasting is envisaged in this mine.

: 3 m to 3.25 m

: 3.5 m to 4.0 m

: 1/3 of the hole depth

: 10% of the Bench height

Charge of explosive per hole : Bottom primer charge 5-6 Kg and Column charge 35

OB/IB Removal

Wet Drilling/Dry Drilling with dusting arrangement

Controlled Blasting

Loading

Crushing

Transportation

Equipment

Dozer

Drill Machine

-

Hydraulic Shovel

Crusher (Presently located at RAS-II Mine)

By Tipper to the Integrated Cement Plant till the belt conveyor system is installed



which will be temporarily stacked in non-

Drilling is being/ will

equipped with in built arrangement

t extraction system. Following drilling

the non electric shock tube initiating system like Noiseless

during primary blasting is being/ will be broken

6 Kg and Column charge 35-40 Kg

By Tipper to the Integrated Cement Plant till the belt conveyor system is installed






Powder factor : 8 tonnes per kg

Average no. of holes blasted : 50

Maximum holes blasted per delay : 01

c) Type & Storage of Explosives:

The class –II explosives are being/ will be used for primer charge and Ammonium Nitrate prills

with a proper proportion of HSD as column charge.

d) Excavation & Loading

A hydraulic excavator of 5.5 cubic meter bucket capacity is being/will be used and proposed

for excavation and loading of blasted limestone and overburden material is being/ will be

loaded by hydraulic shovels.

e) Crushing & Transportation

The excavated mineral will be transported to the crusher /dump yard by dumpers, trailers and

tippers.

Existing Crusher Details:

Presently, the uncrushed ore is being transported to the crusher of 1200 TPH Capacity at

RAS-II Mine by Dumpers.

Then the crushed material is being transported to the Captive Cement Plant by the

tippers till the conveyor belt system is made operational.

Proposed Crusher Details:

With the proposal of increased capacity of Limestone Production, it is also proposed to

install crusher of 1200 TPH, belt conveyor and screening Plant system with Limestone

storage facility at RAS-I Mine so that the crushed limestone can be directly transported to

the cement plant by tippers.

A primary single rotor impactor crusher of 1200 t/h capacity fed by apron feeder is

proposed to be installed.

The crusher hopper will be fitted with an atomized water mist sprayer to control the dust

due to unloading of raw material in the hopper.

Further, in the conveying circuit, bag filters will be provided to control dust pollution at

every transfer point.

To improve the grade of the deposit it is also proposed to install screening plant. The

screening plant will comprise a wobbler and screens. The process is summarised below:

• -200 & +80 mm material passes through wobbler to crusher

• -80 mm material passes through multi deck vibrating screen system

• -80 & +25 mm material is accepted and transferred to pile

• -25 mm material is waste and hauled to the waste dump yard






Table 2.10

Crusher Description

S.No. Particulars Details

1. Crusher Capacity 1200 TPH

2. Feed Material Limestone

3. Equipment type Single Rotor Impactor

4. Feed Size 1200mm x 1000mm x 1000mm

5. Motor rating 120 KW, 1000 RPM

6. Rotor Speed ~306 RPM

7. Type of Blow Bar ‘S’ Type

Figure 2.6: Crusher Process

QUARRY

SCREEN HOPPER

WOBBLER

CRUSHER

CONVEYOR BELT

STACKER/RECLAIMER

SCREEN

REJECT





183.53 ha)


Figure 2.7: Crusher Flow sheet








The Mining details are given in Table below:

Table 2.11

Mining Details

S. No. Particulars Details

1. Method of mining Open Cast Mechanized Mining Method

2. Total Geological Reserves 137.74 Million Tonne (as on 1.04.2018)

3. Mineable reserves 125.24 Million Tonne (as on 1.04.2018)

4. Life of the Mine 48 Years

5. Bench Height More than 8 meters

6. Elevation Range 395 m AMSL to 505 m AMSL

7. General Ground Level 405 m AMSL

8. Water table 370 m AMSL (35 m bgl)

9. Ultimate Working Depth 396 m AMSL (9 m bgl)

10. Stripping Ratio (Ore: OB/IB) (tonnes : tonnes) 1:0.30

11. Overall Pit Slope 45°

12. Number of working days 300 days

13. Number of shifts per day 2 shifts


2.6.4.2 YEAR WISE PRODUCTION & EXCAVATION DETAILS FOR FIRST FIVE YEARS

This is existing Limestone Mining Project. Mining operations commenced in year 2012. Production

details since inception of mine has been authenticated by Assistance Mining Engineer, Sojat, Pali

vide letter no. ME/Sojat/Static/2017/93 dated 29.08.2017. (Copy of the same is enclosed as

Annexure VII). Proposed Year-wise excavation details are given in Table 2.12:

Table: 2.12

Year-wise Proposed Excavation Details (in Million tonnes)

S.

No. Year

Total

Tentative

Excavation

Top Soil OB/IB

ROM Mineral reject

Limestone Mineral

reject

1. Ist 0.34 NIL 0.06 0.279 - -

2. IInd 1.24 NIL 0.24 1.00 - -

3. IIIrd 2.59 NIL 0.40 2.00 - 0.19

4. IVth 3.54 NIL 0.49 2.80 - 0.25

Source: Approved Modified Mining plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan, page no. 36

2.6.5 TOP SOIL AND SOLID WASTE GENERATION & MANAGEMENT

2.6.5.1 TOP SOIL

There is no top soil to be removed.






2.6.5.2 SOLID WASTE

2.6.5.2.1 NATURE & TYPE OF WASTE

Waste comprises of rejects in the form of inter-bedded material such as calcareous gneiss/schist,

siliceous limestone along with veins of pegmatite and quartz.

2.6.5.2.2 GENERATION OF WASTE

Presently (till year 2018) 43988 TPA of waste and reject is being generated.

During the modified mining plan, 1.63 Million TPA of waste and rejects will be generated.

TABLE: 2.13

Waste Generation during Modified Mining Plan Period

S. No. Year Top Soil Waste (OB/IB) Mineral Reject

1. I NIL 0.06 -

2. II NIL 0.24 -

3. III NIL 0.40 0.19

4. IV NIL 0.49 0.25


Up to lease life, i.e. up to 24.11.2047, total 19.18 million tonnes of waste and rejects will be

generated.

TABLE: 2.14

Waste Generation up to the end of lease life

S. No. Year Waste & Mineral Reject

(Million tonnes)

1. 2018 - 19 to 2021 – 22 1.63

2. 2022 - 23 to 2026 - 27 2.55

3. 2027 - 28 to 2031 - 32 4.09

4. 2032 - 33 to 2036 – 37 1.69

5. 2037 - 38 to 2041 - 42 5.61

6. 2042 - 43 to 2046 – 47 3.61

Total 19.18


2.6.5.2.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT & DISPOSAL

The waste generated during modified mining plan period is proposed to be dumped outside

the ultimate pit limit. The area has exposures of weathered pegmatite and is non limestone

bearing. The proposed location of dumps and area are given in the table below:






TABLE: 2.15

Waste management till end of Modified Mining Plan period

S. No. Year Waste & Mineral Reject

(Million tonnes)

1. Waste dump no 1 1.65

2. Waste dump no 2 4.37

3. Screen reject no 1 2.70

Total 8.72


The site selected for dumping the reject has been located away from the active working of

the ultimate pit limit. Initially the dumps will be developed in single bench of 10 m height with

a proper haulage to reach up to the dump. However, at later stage when sufficient quantities

of rejects will be available the dump height will be increased. The dumps will be spread

mechanically to maintain a slope of around 28 degrees.

Waste generated up to lease life, i.e. up to 24.11.2047, will be dump on 26.75 ha area and same

will be stabilized by plantation. No OB dump will be outside the lease area.

2.6.6 CONCEPTUAL MINING PLAN

Up to end of lease life, total excavated area will be 77.53 ha. Reclamation of same is not possible

by backfilling since no pit would be formed which may be utilized for filling. About 26.75 ha area

will be covered under waste dump and total greenbelt/Plantation will be done on 52.75 ha (26.75

ha area on waste dump & 26 ha area around mines office complex, along the mine boundary on

the north-east portions of the lease area and on virgin area). Total 49.45 ha will remain

undisturbed. Conceptual Plan is enclosed as Annexure VC with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Table- 2.16

Post-Mining Land Use of Core Zone with Environment Management

S. No. Description

Land Use (ha)

Active Working

Area Plantation

Public

Use

Water

Body Undisturbed Total

1. Top Soil Dump - - - - - -

2. Waste Dump - 26.75 - - - 26.75

3A. Excavation (Voids only) 77.53 - - - - 77.53

3B. Reclamation (Backfilled) - - - - - -

Total Excavated Area 77.53 - - - - 77.53

4. Road - - 1.50 - - 1.50

5. Infrastructure - - 2.30 - - 2.30

6. Township Area - - - - - -

7. Green belt/Plantation - 26.00 - - - 26.00

8. Mineral Storage - - - - - -

9. Undisturbed area - - - - 49.45 49.45

Total 77.53 52.75 3.80 - 49.45 183.53

Source: Approved Modified Mining plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan, Page no.44






2.7 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES

The mitigation measures given in this section are for management of the emissions (particulate or

gaseous), waste water & surface run-off and Noise pollution generated from the mining

operations to meet the environmental standards and environmental operating conditions.

Table: 2.17

Details of emissions/ Pollution from the mining operations and their management

Emissions Source Mitigation measures incorporated

Particulate

matter

Drilling Wet drilling with de-dusting arrangement is being/ will be used.

Blasting Controlled blasting is being/ will be adopted and optimum use of explosive

energy will help in reducing the air pollution.

Use of rock breaker to avoid secondary blasting.

Loading,

Crushing,

screening &

Transportation

Use of Bag filters & Screening Plant

Regular water spraying on haul roads & Crusher hopper to arrest dust

from becoming air-borne.

Water sprinkling arrangement will be provided at the conveyor belt

carrying raw material.

Enclosed loading and unloading of the material to avoid fugitive dust

emissions

No overloading of material is being/ will be done during transportation.

An elevated closed bunker will be provided for collection the dust from

dust conveyor

Construction of wind breaking walls especially at charging hopper &

crushing place

Development of green belt/plantation around mine boundary and all

around in the vicinity of the crusher to tap fugitive dust will be carried out.

Personal Protective Equipment like dust masks are being/ will be provided

to all employees.

Periodic air quality monitoring is being/ will be carried out.

SO2 & NO2 Movement of

HEMM &

transportation

vehicles

Proper maintenance (preventive as well as scheduled maintenance) of

vehicles is being/ will be carried out regularly for minimization of

generation of gaseous pollutants.

Vehicular emissions are being/ will be kept under norms.

The emissions levels are being/ will be monitored regularly.

Waste

water

Washing of

HEMM

Oil- water separator is being/ will be provided at the workshop and treated

water is being/ will be used for equipment washing, dust suppression and

plantation etc.

Mine office &

Rest Shelter

Domestic waste water generated from mine office is being/ will be disposed

off in soak pit via septic tanks.

Surface Run-

Off

Garland drains along with Retaining walls having water holes at the toe of

temporary dumps is being/ will be constructed to arrest the washed fines

and rolling boulders.






Emissions Source Mitigation measures incorporated

The rainwater falling directly into the mine pits is being/ will be stored and

used for plantation & dust suppression.

Periodical monitoring of ground water quality is being/ will be carried out.

Noise

Generation

Drilling, Drilling is being/ will be done with sharp drill bits to achieve optimum drilling

performance and to reduce noise generation at source.

Blasting Ground vibrations does not/ will not affect the structures in the vicinity of

ML area as blasting will be done in accordance with standards prescribed

by DGMS for controlled blasting.

Explosives charge per hole and per delay is being/ will be maintained as

per DGMS guidelines.

NONEL is being/ will be used to control ground vibrations, noise & fly

rocks.

Controlled Blasting is being/ will be carried out during day time only.

Crushing Insulators will be provided in the crusher to control the noise pollution.

Closed acoustic systems for controlling the noise within the crusher.

Transportation Adequate silencers in HEMM are being/ will be provided to reduce

generation of noise.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals

are being/ will be done to reduce generation of noise.

All HEMMs are/ will be equipped with closed cabins for operators.

The workers employed at HEMM are being/ will be provided with

protective equipment, earmuffs and earplugs as a protective measure

from the high noise level generated at the mine site and wherever

required.

Scheduled & preventive maintenance of all the machinery is being/ will be

carried out regularly.

Development of green belt/plantation around mine boundary and other

places are being/ will be carried out which will act as barrier for

propagation of noise outside the mine pit boundary.

2.8 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND TESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

From the nature and extent of the deposit, the reserves and the quality have been proved with

adequate degree of reliability. Therefore, opencast mechanized method is the most feasible

method for mining in the Existing mining lease area. Since the mining machineries are rapidly

upgrading, project proponent would act fast to adopt more advanced equipment and automation

for safer, environment friendly mining technology.

CHAPTER-III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT





M/s. Ambuja Cement Ltd. 61 J.M EnviroNet Pvt Ltd

CHAPTER - III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The knowledge of present environment of the core and buffer zone of the Mining Lease area is

important to assess the impact of various project activities on environment. The knowledge of

present day environment is also helpful in planning management of environment and planning of

mitigation measures. To assess the baseline environmental quality of the area, field assessment

has been conducted considering following components of the environment, viz. land,

meteorology, air, noise, water, soil, biological and socio-economic.

The relevant information and data (both primary and secondary) were collected of core as well as

buffer zone (10 km distance from the Mine Lease boundary) during Post Monsoon Season (Oct. to

Dec, 2017) in accordance with the guidelines for preparation of EIA studies.

3.2 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE

Study Area: The study area considered is an area of 10 km radius (aerial distance) from the mine

site, also known as buffer zone. The area of mining lease is considered as core zone.

The study area (10 km distance from the Mine Lease boundary) falls under District Pali (Rajasthan).

Core Area : 183.53 ha

Buffer Area: 37186.4725 ha ( within 10 Km radius from Core Area)

The major environmental settings of the study area w.r.t. the mining lease are as given in the table

below-

Table - 3.1

Environmental Settings of the Area

(with approx. aerial distance & direction from the mining lease boundary)


1. Nearest Highway SH-39 (~10.30 km in SW direction)

NH-8 (~30 km in SE direction)

2. Nearest Railway Station Beawar (~32 km in SSE direction)

3. Nearest Airport Jodhpur Airport (~118 km in WSW direction)

4. Nearest Habitation Village Garh (~0.7 km in West Direction)

5. National Park, Wild Life Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife

corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves

etc. within 10 km radius study area

There is no National Park, Wild Life Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Wildlife corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves etc.

within 10 km radius study area

6. Reserve/Protected Forest within 10

km radius study area

Pagra Block Reserved Forest (~8.0 km in SE Direction)

Protected Forest (~8.0 km in SW Direction)







7. Water Bodies within 10 km radius of

the mine site

Aguna Bala (~3.5 km in ESE Direction)

Phutiya Bala (~3.5 km in East Direction)

Sukri Nadi (~4.0 km in North Direction)

Athuna Bala (~4.0 km in NE Direction)

Chhoralo Bala (~6.0 km in NE Direction)

8. Inter District Boundary Pali & Ajmer (~5.0 km in ENE Direction)

Pali & Nagaur (~6.0 km in NNE Direction)

9. Aravali Range Certificate showing No Aravali range within 10 Km radius of

the Mining Lease area has been obtained from Department

of Geology & Mines, Sojat, Pali vide their letter no.

ME/SOJAT/CC-I/ML/10/94/2884 dated 16.06.2009. Copy of

certificate is enclosed as Annexure VIII with this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

10. Seismic Zone Zone – II as per IS: 1893 (Part-I) : 2002

Source: Site Visit & Pre-feasibility Report

The map showing environmental settings within 10 km from the mine site is given on figure no 3.1.





Figure 3.1: Map Showing Environmental Settings






3.3 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

Baseline environment data on various components of the environment in the study area were

collected during Post Monsoon Season (Oct. to Dec, 2017) to assess the present scenario of the

area. Details are given in the table given below:

Table-3.2

Baseline data collection

Post Monsoon season (Oct. to Dec, 2017)

S.

No.

Environmental

component

Primary data

Secondary data Parameters Frequency

Monitoring

locations Methodology

1. Land Land use and

land cover

Once in a

season

Study area Field survey Satellite image from

NRSC, Hyderabad

Soil Once in a

season

6 As per IS

2720/USDA

-

2. Meteorology

Temperature,

Relative

Humidity,

Wind Speed,

Wind

Direction, rain

fall

Hourly

1

-- IMD book

(Climatological

normals 1981-2010)

3. Air

PM10, PM2.5,

SO2 and NO2

(24 hourly),

twice a

week

7 CPCB Guidelines

/NAAQS/IS 5182

--

O3, Pb, CO,

NH3, C6H6,

BaP, As, Ni

Once in a

season

4. Noise

Leq noise

levels in dB

(A)

Once in a

season

(day & night

time)

7 CPCB Guidelines

/IS 9989

--

5. Surface Water

Parameters

as per IS

10500-2012

Once in a

season

3 IS 10500-2012 --

6. Ground Water /

Drinking water

Once in a

season

6 -

7. Biological

Environment

Flora and

fauna

Once in a

season

Study area Quadrate

method/random

sampling

-






S.

No.

Environmental

component

Primary data

Secondary data Parameters Frequency

Monitoring

locations Methodology

8. Socio- Economic

Environment

Socio-

Economic

status

Once in a

season

Study area Field survey

through

questionnaire,

group discussion

and random

sampling

• Census data, 2011

• Medical facilities

and records for Pali

• Tehsil Map

3.3.1 INSTRUMENTS USED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

The following instruments were used at the site for environmental baseline data collection work.

1. Respirable Dust Sampler with attachment for gaseous Pollutants, Envirotech APM 460.

2. Fine Particulate Matter (FPM) Sampler APM 550

3. Sound Level Meter Model Envirotech SLM - 100

4. Digital D.O. Meter Model - 831 E (CPCB Kit)

5. Weather Monitoring Station Model Enviro WM 271

6. Water Level Indicator and

7. Global Positioning System (GPS).

Apart from collecting samples of air, water, noise and soil from representative sampling points

given in proceeding sections, the data on land use, vegetation and agricultural crops were also

collected by the field team through interaction with a large number of local inhabitants of the

study area and different Government departments / agencies. This provided an excellent

opportunity to the members of the field team for obtaining clear scenario of the existing

environment of the study area.

3.4 LAND USE / LAND COVER STUDY

As per ToR point no. 10 “Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land,

grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human

settlements and other ecological features should be indicated.” To fulfill the requirement of the

above said ToR point the following process has been adopted:-

Development of land use & land cover map using land coordinates of the mine lease area.

Identification and marking of important basic features according to primary and secondary

data.

Evaluation of the impact on existing land use of the mine lease area.

Suggestive measures for conservation and sustainable use of land.

3.4.1 DATA USED

Current vintage data of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite RESOURCESAT-2 (L4FMX) digital FCC

(False Color Composite) has been used for preparation of Land use/ Land cover thematic map of

study area.






Satellite image has been procured from National Remote Sensing Centre, Hyderabad. Survey of

India toposheet as a reference map on 1:50,000 scale has been used for preparation of base layer

data like road, rail network and villages for geo-referencing of satellite image.


1. Satellite Image RESOURCESAT-2 (L4FMX)

2. Satellite Data Source NRSC, Hyderabad

3. SOI Toposheets No • Core Zone: G43I3

• Buffer Zone: G43I3 & G43I7

4. Software Used Earth Resources Data Analysis System (ERDAS) Imagine 9.2

3.4.2 METHODOLOGY

• Preliminary / primary data collection of the study area

• Satellite data procurement from NRSC Hyderabad

• Secondary data collection from authorized bodies

• Survey of India Toposheet (SOI)

• Cadastral / Khasra map

• GPS Coordinates of Mine Lease Boundary

• Approved Mining Maps.

• Processing of satellite data using ERDAS Imagine 9.2 and to prepare the Land use and Land

cover maps (e.g. Forest, agriculture, settlements, wasteland, water bodies etc.) by digital

image processing (DIP) technique.

• Geo-Referencing of the Survey of India Toposheet

• Geo-Referencing of satellite Imagery with the help of Geo-Referenced Toposheets

• Geo-Referenced Khasara Maps

• Enhancement of the Satellite Imagery

• Base Map layer creation (Roads, Railway, Village Names and others Secondary data etc.)

• Data analysis and Classification using Digital interpretation techniques.

• Ground truth studies or field Verification.

• Error fixing / Reclassification

• Final Map Generation

3.4.3 DETAILS OF LAND USE LAND COVER (LULC)

3.4.3.1 LAND USE AND LAND COVER CLASSES - There are the following LULC Classes:-

Water Bodies, Crop land, Fallow Land, Human Settlement, Industrial Area, Mine Quarry, Scrub

Land, Plantation, Railway Line, Road Network, Forest Land, Stony Waste Land, Open Land etc. as

per NRSC Guide Line.

Definitions of LULC Classes

(Reference- National Remote Sensing Center Guideline)






Agriculture Land:These are the lands primarily used for farming and for production of food crops,

fiber, and other commercial and horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (Irrigated and

non-irrigated, Fallow, Plantation etc.)

Crop Land:These are the areas with standing crop as on date of satellite overpass. Cropped areas

appear in bright red to red in color with varying shape and size in a contiguous to non-contiguous

pattern. Three cropping seasons exist in India viz., Kharif (June/July-September/October), Rabi

(November-December-February-march) and Zaid (April-May).

Fallow Land:These are the lands, which are taken up for cultivation but are temporarily allowed to

rest, un-cropped for one or more seasons. Fallow land is categorized in two classes viz Current

Fallow and Long Fallow.

Current Fallow Land:These are the cropland areas, which are un-cropped during the agriculture

year under consideration as on the date of satellite overpass.

Long Fallow Land:These are the croplands areas, which are un-cropped for Two to Four agriculture

Years from the base year.

Open Scrub Land: Scrub is a vegetation found in regions with less than 100 cms of rainfall.

Therefore it indicates a dry region.

Open Land: It refers to non-built-up land with no, or with insignificant, vegetation cover.

Stony waste Land: A large area usually in arid/semi arid regions where the finer sand/soil has

blown away leaving a surface covered with boulders, stones and pebbles.

3.4.3.2 GENERATION AND ANALYSIS OF DATA

• Geo-referencing of the Survey of India Toposheet

Scanned Survey of India Toposheets were registered in geographic lat/long projection system

with the help of ERDAS imagine software and re-project in UTM WGS 84 with respective zone.

• Geo-Referencing of the Satellite Imagery

Registered Toposheet is used as a reference map for Geo-Referencing of Raw satellite

imagery by taking suitable Ground Control Points (GCP) like intersection point of railway,

Road network, Canal intersection and some other permanent features.

• Enhancement of Satellite Image

Satellite data is composed of substantial noise and haze errors due to various environmental

factors, which affect the amount of reflectance (information) that can be deciphered. Since

mapping of satellite images is based on spectral signatures, it is necessary to normalize the

redundant values into near true values. This process of deriving true reflectance values is

known as normalization. This enhances interpretability of the satellite image thereby

facilitating better identification of land features viewed on satellite imagery. Histogram

equalization and radiometric correction has been used for satellite image enhancement.

• Base Map Layer Creation

Base map has been prepared using Survey of India Toposheet as a reference map on 1:50000

scale. In base layer linear and point feature like road, rail, canal, village location and other






secondary information have been created in vector data format with the help of ArcGIS

Software.

• Data Analysis and Classification Using Digital Interpretation Technique

Image interpretation is the process of identifying objects or conditions in images and

determining their meaning or significance. Satellite imageries are composed of array of grid,

each grid have a numeric value that is known as digital number. Smallest unit of this grid is

known as a pixel that captures reflectance of ground features represented in terms of Digital

number, which represent a specific land features.

Using image classification technique, the satellite data is converted into thematic information

map based on the user’s knowledge about the ground area.

Hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital image processing for

identification of different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spectral signature

of geographic feature. Spectral signature represents various land use classes. Image

interpretation keys are developed for better Interpretation/Classification scheme which is

Shape, Size, Color, Tone, Texture Pattern, Association etc. Based on the Interpretation key

and Spectral signature, entire satellite imagery is classified in different classes like Water

Bodies, Crop land, Fallow Land, Human Settlement, Industrial Area, Mine Quarry, Scrub Land,

Plantation, Railway Line, Road Network, Forest Land, Stony Waste Land, Open Land etc.

• Ground Data Collection and Verification

Ground truth/ field verification is an important component in mapping and its validation

exercise. Utmost care and planning is required for collecting ground data and verification. To

facilitate a good ground truthing exercise the following steps were followed:

• Identifying and listing all the doubtful areas for the ground verification and referring all

such areas with respect to the toposheet to know their geographical location and

accessibility on the ground.

• Field traverse plan was prepared to cover maximum doubtful areas in the field in such a

way that each traverse covers, as many land use and land cover classes as possible, apart

from the doubtful areas.

• Sufficient numbers of points were covered for each Land Use Class as required for quality

checking as well as accuracy assessment.

• Error Fixing / Reclassification

Reclassification of Land Use classes was done on the basis of data collected / verified during

ground truthing.

• Final Map Generation

Final maps are generated for the core area as well as Buffer area. 3 Pixels are Filtered using

Clump and Eliminate Process after ensuring to maintain crucial classes of importance. Base

map layers are overlaid on the classified raster data and then thematic maps are generated on

the layout consisting of Project name, legend, source of data, Index map, scale bar and North

arrow.





3.4.4 LAND USE / LAND COVER DETAILS OF STUDY AREA

Figure 3.2: Land Use / Land Cover Map of the Study Area






The land use and land cover details of the Study area are given in below Table:

TABLE - 3.3

Land Use / Land Cover Details of Study Area

S. No. Legend Area (in ha) Area (in %)

1. Water Bodies/Reservoirs/Pond 59.5925 0.16

2. River/Drainage 328.9525 0.88

3. Open land 241.6375 0.65

4. Stony Waste Land 6733.5125 18.12

5. Open Scrub Land 687.5475 1.85

6. Forest land 807.4525 2.17

7. Vegetation/Plantation 1331.8225 3.58

8. Fallow Land 19166.925 51.54

9. Crop land 7449 20.03

10. Human Settlement 373.705 1.00

11. Industrial Area 0 0.00

12. Mine Quarry 6.325 0.02

Total 37186.4725 100

Source: LU/LC Map of study area

3.4.5 INTERPRETATION OF THE LULC DATA

The study area mainly comprises of Fallow land (19166.925 ha) with 51.54 %, 20.03 % & 18.12 %

of area falling under Crop land & Stony waste land respectively. Water bodies and human

settlement cover 59.5925 ha and 373.705 ha area which makes 0.16 % and 1.00 % of the total

study area. River/Drainage, Forest land, Mine quarry and Vegetation/ plantation cover 0.88 %,

2.17 % , 0.02 % and 3.58 % respectively. No industrial area falls under the study area of the Mine

site.

Village Garh (~0.7 km in West Direction) is the nearest villages from the mine site.

There is no National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Protected Forest etc.

within 10 km radius of the mine site.

There is only one Pagara Block Reserved Forest (Pagara Block Reserve Forest)

and one Protected Forest within 10 km radius of the lease area.

Various mine quarries are observed within 10 km radius of the lease area.

Village Ras is the mostly populated area of buffer zone.

3.5 SEISMICITY AND FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA

Many parts of the Indian subcontinent have historically high seismicity. Seven catastrophic

earthquakes of magnitude greater than 8 (Richter scale) have occurred in the western, northern

and eastern parts of India and adjacent countries in the past 100 years.

Approx. 59 % of the land area of India is vulnerable to seismic hazard damage. In India, seismic

zones are divided into four zones i.e. V, IV, III and II. Details of the seismic zones are given in below

Table.






TABLE - 3.4

Seismic Zones in India

S. No. Seismic Zone Risk Intensity of Earthquake (on

Mercalli Intensity Scale)

1. Zone – V Very High Risk Zone IX and above

2. Zone – IV High Risk Zone VIII

3. Zone – III Moderate Risk Zone VII

4. Zone – II Low Risk Zone VI and below

Source: www.ndma.gov.in/images/guidelines/earthquakes.pdf

Rajasthan has not had a major earthquake in recent years, though small to moderate earthquake

have been felt in the state. Several faults have been identified in this region out of which many

show evidence of movement during the Holocene epoch. The Cambay Graben terminates in the

south-western part of the state. The Konoi Fault near Jaisalmer trends in a north-south direction

and was associated with the 1991 Jaisalmer earthquake. Several active faults criss-cross the

Aravalli range and lie parallel to each other. The most prominent of them is the north-south

trending Sardar Shahar Fault and the Great Boundary Fault which runs along the Chambal River

and then continues in the same direction into Uttar Pradesh. However, it must be stated that

proximity to faults does not necessarily translate into a higher hazard as compared to areas

located further away, as damage from earthquakes depends on numerous factors such as

subsurface geology as well as adherence to the building codes.

Mine site as well as study area lies in Zone - II of Seismic Zoning Map of India, updated by India

Metrological Department (IMD) and National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM), and thus

can be said to be located in an area of Low Risk Zone by national standards. Seismic Zoning Map

of India showing the mine site (Pali) is given in Figure - 3.3

Recent Earthquakes occurred in the Area are given as under:

26 January 2001 - A earthquake struck the the adjoining states of Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra

and Rajasthan in India and in Sindh province, Pakistan. It had a magnitude of ML=7.7.

19 February 2004–A light earthquake struck the district of Jalore in south-eastern

Rajasthan at 08:10 AM local time causing some panic in parts of the region. It had a magnitude of

ML=4.1.

24 December 2006 - A light earthquake struck the Jaipur region in north-eastern Rajasthan on 24

December 2006 at 04:13 local time causing minor panic in the city of Jaipur. The earthquake was

felt in parts of Jaipur and Jhunjhunu districts. It had a magnitude of Mw=4.3.

9 April 2009: A moderate earthquake struck the Thar Desert near Jaisalmer in Jaisalmer district,

Rajasthan on 9 April 2009 at 07:16 AM local time. It had a magnitude of Mb=5.1 and was felt in a

large part of the region along the India-Pakistan border. Minor damage and several injuries were

reported from Jaisalmer district.

10 November 2010: A light earthquake occurred in the southern Aravalli range in Rajsamand

district, Rajasthan, on 10 November 2010 at 04:16 AM local time in India. It had a magnitude of






Mb=4.5 and was widely felt in southern and central Rajasthan as well as in adjacent parts of

Madhya Pradesh causing widespread minor damage as well as one injury.

29 January 2016: Mild tremors were felt in Jaipur in Rajasthan on Friday morning. There were no

reports of any casualty or damage to property. Jaipur lies in Seismic Zone 2, which is considered to

be a low damage risk zone. It had a magnitude of Mb=5.2

According to the “Vulnerability Atlas - 2nd Edition; Peer Group, Ministry of Health (MoH) and UPA;

based on digitized data of SOI, GOI; Seismic Zones of India Map, IS 1893 – 2002, BIS, GOI,

Seismotectonic Atlas of India and its environs, GIS, GOI” (as shown in Figure-3.3) the project site falls

in Seismic zone II i.e. Low Damage Risk Zone.

(Source - http://asc-india.org/seismi/seis-Rajasthan.htm)





Figure 3.3: Seismic Zone Map

Mine Site





3.6 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA

As per the “Vulnerability Atlas - 2nd Edition; Peer Group, Ministry of Housing (MoH) and UPA

(Urban Povery Alleviation); based on digitized data of SOI, GOI; Flood Atlas, Task Force Report,

C.W.C., GOI” the mine site does not fall under “area liable to flood”. Flood Hazard Zonation Map

showing the mine site is given in Figure - 3.4.

Figure 3.4: Flood Hazard Zonation Map of the Area

MINE SITE






3.7 TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PATTERN

Topography: The topography of the area is hilly and undulating. There are massive hill trending

NNE-SSW. The general ground level of the area is 405 m AMSL while maximum elevation is 505 m

AMSL & minimum RL of the Mining Lease area is 395 m AMSL.

Drainage Pattern: The area is devoid of perennial streams/rivers. A few nallas cut their course

through alluvial formations. There is no perennial surface water body exists in the study area

except some small water bodies i.e. Phutiya bala, Aguna bala, Athuna Bala, Sukri river, Chhoralo

bala etc. The river is seasonal and flows only during heavy rains. Few rivulets in the area which

originate during monsoon often find their way through depressions and lose their run off later

within a few kilometers.

3.8 CLIMATE AND RAINFALL

Climate of Pali is classified as tropical with maximum temperature of 41.9°C in May and minimum

temperature of 12.7°C in Dec. The summers here have a good deal of rainfall, while the winters

have very little. Temperatures begin to rise in February. May is the hottest month with a mean

maximum temperature of 41.9 °C and minimum of 28 °C.

Monsoon marks the rainy season, lasting form June to September, bringing most of the rainfall to

the region. The average annual rainfall is about 455 mm in Tehsil jaitaran and 525 in District Pali.

The humidity is relatively more during the rainy season.

The annual Rainfall data of the area for last 10 years is as mentioned in below:

TABLE - 3.5

Rainfall Data for last 14 Years

S.No. Year Annual Rainfall (mm)

District Pali Tehsil Jaitaran

1. 2004 360 391

2. 2005 358 304

3. 2006 533 368

4. 2007 444 585

5. 2008 281 431

6. 2009 271 229

7. 2010 580 571

8. 2011 659 640

9. 2012 506 412

10. 2013 539 583

11. 2014 538 557

12. 2015 572 394

13. 2016 882 -

14. 2017 823 -

Average 525 455

Source: India Meteorological Department (IMD) and Tehsil Office, Jaitaran






3.9 LIST OF INDUSTRIES / MINES IN STUDY AREA

No industries are present within the 10 km radius of the Mining Lease.

3.10 METEOROLOGY

Meteorology plays a vital role in determining the transport and diffusion pattern of air pollutants

released into atmosphere. The principal variables include horizontal convective transport (average

wind speed and direction), vertical convective transport (atmospheric stability) and topography of

the area.

Meteorological characteristics of an area are very much important in assessing possible

environmental impacts and in preparing environmental management plan.

Since meteorological factors show wide fluctuations with time, meaningful interpretation can be

drawn only from long-term reliable data. Such source of data is India Meteorological Department

(IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at several important locations.

The nearest IMD stations to the mine site is located in Ajmer. Based on the previous IMD data

[Climatological Normals (1981-2010)], the pre-dominant wind direction (seasonal as well as annual)

was considered. As per the data, pre-dominant wind direction throughtout study period was

observed from North, according to which, the locations for ambient air quality monitoring were

selected. Windrose prepared for the study period is given in Figure 3.5.

3.10.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY AT SITE

Meteorological station was set-up at site to record meteorological parameters like wind speed,

wind direction etc. during Post Monsoon Season (Oct. to Dec, 2017) which has enabled in

identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Based on the collected

meteorological data, relative percentage frequencies of different wind directions were calculated

and plotted as wind rose diagrams. Maximum and minimum temperatures including percentage

relative humidity were also recorded simultaneously.

It was observed that the predominant over all wind patterns for the study period was North

direction.

Summary of the micro-meteorology at site is given in Table - 3.6. Detailed site specific micro-

meteorological Data has been enclosed as Annexure –IX with this Final EIA / EMP Report.

TABLE - 3.6

Micro-Meteorology at Site

Study Period: Post Monsoon Season (Oct. to Dec, 2017)

Month Temperature (OC) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m / sec.)

Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

October, 2017 37.6 16.2 50 28 5.2 0.1

November, 2017 34.9 10.7 54 29 5.2 0.1

December, 2017 30.1 6.3 60 32 5.3 0.1

Source: Meteorological Station at Site






Figure 3.5: Windrose for study period






3.11 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out within the study area to determine the

baseline concentration of various air pollutants in the ambient air. It helps in providing a data base

for predicting impact on the surrounding area due to a project activity. It will also be useful in

ascertaining the quality of air environment in conformity to standards of the ambient air quality

during operation phase of project.

Monitoring Schedule

Air quality monitoring has been carried out at 7 locations for 24 hours (twice a week) for three

months (26 observations for one location).

Parameters monitored are:

• Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

• Nitrogen dioxide (NO2)

• Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5)

The details of measurement methodology and test procedure are given in Chapter - VI

(Environmental Monitoring Programme) of this report.

The sources of air pollution in the region are dust rising from unpaved roads, domestic fuel

burning, vehicular traffic etc.

Sampling Locations

Sampling locations were selected for AAQ Monitoring keeping in view the pre-dominant wind

direction prevailing in the area based on the previous IMD source.

Monitoring stations selected for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring during the study period are given

in Table no 3.7.






Table - 3.7

Locations of Ambient Air Quality and Noise level Monitoring Stations

Station

Code

Monitoring stations Coordinates Distance & direction

from mine site

Selection Criteria

SAN1 Mine Site 26°23'50.04"N

74° 14'24.21"E

- -

SAN2 Near Mine Site 26°22'48.3"N

74°14'57.6"E

~0.5 km (South) Falls in downwind direction

SAN3 Village Kuraki 26°26'01.37"N

74°14'53.58"E

~5.0 km (North) • Falls in Upwind direction

• Near Sukri River

SAN4 Village Sewariya 26°21'29.66"N

74° 14'40.82"E

~4.0 km (South) • Falls in downwind direction

• Falls in transportation Route

from mine to plant

SAN5 Near Village Garh 26°23'32.0"N

74° 12'58.2"E

~0.8 km (SW) Habitation in study area

SAN6 Village Motiya (Earlier

Maohangarh)

26°25'19.57"N

74° 16'27.66"E

~4.0 km (NE) Habitation in study area

SAN7 Village Bhumbaliya 26°23'45.33"N

74° 07'55.87"E

~9.0 km (West) Habitation in study area

Source: SOI Toposheet and field Survey





Figure 3.6 Key Plan showing Ambient Air quality and Noise Level monitoring Locations






Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Table - 3.8 shows the maximum and minimum concentration of the air pollutants monitored at

different locations (as mentioned in Table - 3.7) during the study period. All 26 observations of

pollutants for each location are detailed in Ambient Air Quality Monitoring data enclosed as

Annexure X along with this report.

TABLE - 3.8

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results


(Unit in µg/m3)

Station

code

Sampling Location PM2.5 PM10 NO2 SO2

Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

SAN1 Mine Site 41.7 30.2 81.3 62.7 20.8 15.5 12.6 8.3

SAN2 Near Mine Site 27.4 19.5 61.6 49.0 14.1 8.2 8.5 6.0

SAN3 Village Kuraki 46.0 32.6 85.9 66.6 19.9 13.6 11.1 9.1

SAN4 Village Sewariya 38.8 27.4 79.6 60.4 17.4 11.3 10.7 7.5

SAN5 Near Village Garh 34.1 24.7 69.0 53.8 16.6 10.9 8.9 7.3

SAN6 Village Motiya (Earlier Maohangarh) 36.6 25.8 73.3 54.7 15.6 9.6 8.3 6.8

SAN7 Village Bhumbaliya 33.7 21.3 76.4 55.5 17.2 11.2 9.8 7.1

NAAQS*(24 hours) 60 100 80 80

Average Annual 40 60 40 50

Source: AAQM Results

*NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards; Schedule-VII, [Rule 3 (3B)], [Part-II-sec.-3(i)] 16.11.2009

As per the ToR Letter issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi, vide letter no. J-11015/82/2017-IA.II (M) dated

28.09.2017 remaining 8 parameters (viz. O3, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, BaP, As, Ni) of Ambient air, as per

NAAQS, 2009 were also monitored once and were found far below the prescribed standards.

Monitoring results are given as under:






TABLE - 3.9

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results


Station

Code

Sampling location CO (mg/m3) Ozone Pb

Ammoni

a

Benzene

(µg/m3)

B(a)P

(ng/m3)

As

(ng/m3)

Ni

(ng/m3)

SAN1 Mine Site 0.55 9.12 0.16 7.16 ND ND 5.01 6.18

SAN2 Near Mine Site BDL (DL 0.5)

6.54 1.00 5.13 ND ND 2.66 4.00

SAN3 Village Kuraki BDL (DL 0.5)

4.44 0.04 2.50 ND ND 0.54 1.26

SAN4 Village Sewariya BDL (DL 0.5)

5.12 0.06 3.69 ND ND 0.89 2.51

SAN5 Near Village Garh BDL (DL 0.5)

3.20 0.05 2.10 ND ND 0.50 1.00

SAN6 Village Motiya

(Earlier

Maohangarh)

BDL (DL 0.5)

5.64 0.05 3.34 ND ND 1.02 2.40

SAN7 Village Bhumbaliya BDL (DL 0.5)

4.56 0.06 3.24 ND ND 0.88 1.64

Detection Limit 0.5 1.0 0.02 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0

Annual Average *02 *100 0.50 100 05 01 06 20

24 hours **04 **180 1.0 400 - - - -

*8 hourly monitored values

**1 hourly monitored values

Source: AAQM Results.






3.11.1 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Table - 3.10 shows the NAAQS prescribed by CPCB.

TABLE - 3.10 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

S. No. Pollutant Time Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air Method of Measurement

Industrial Area, Residential Rural and Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Area

(Notified by Central Govt.)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1 Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2), µg/m3

Annual Average *

24 hours **

50

80

20

80

1. Improved West and Gaeke Method.

2. Ultraviolet fluorescence.

2 Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2, µg/m3

Annual Average *

24 hours **

40

80

30

80

1. Modified Jacob andHochheiser (Na-Arsenite) Method.

2. Chemiluminescence (Gas phase).

3 Particulate Matter (size less than 10 µm) or PM10, µg/m3

Annual Average *

24 Hours **

60

100

60

100

1. Gravimetric,

2. TOEM,

3. Beta attenuation.

4 Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5 µm) or PM2.5, µg/m3

Annual Average*

24 Hours **

40

60

40

60

1. Gravimetric,

2. TOEM,

3. Beta attenuation.

5 Ozone (O3), µg/m3 8 Hours **

1 Hours *

100

180

100

180

1. UV Photometric,

2. Chemilminescence,

3. Chemical Method.

6 Lead (Pb), µg/m3 Annual Average *

24 Hours **

0.50

1.0

0.50

1.0

1. AAS/ICP Method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper.

2. ED-XRF using Teflon filter.

7 Carbon Monoxide (CO), mg/m3

8 Hours**

1 Hours

02

04

02

04

Non Depressive Infrared (NDIR) Spectroscopy.

8 Ammonia (NH3), µg/m3

Annual Average*

24 hours **

100

400

100

400

1. Chemiluminescence (Gas phase).

2. Indophenol blue method.

9 Benzene (C6H6), µg/m3

Annual Average*

05 05 1. Gas Chromatography based continuous analyzer,

2. Adsorption and Desorption followed by GC analysis.

10 Benzo (α) Pyrene (BaP)- Particulate Phase only, ng/m3

Annual Average*

01 01 Solvent extraction followed by HPLC’GC analysis.

11 Arsenic (As), ng/m3 Annual Average*

06 06 AAS/ICP Method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper.

12 Nickel (Ni), ng/m3 Annual Average*

20 20 AAS/ICP Method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper.






* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a

week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.

** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of

the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of

monitoring.

Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed

the limits specified above for the respective category, it was considered as adequate reason to

institute regular or continuous monitoring and investigation.

3.11.2 INTERPRETATON OF AAQM RESULTS

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the concentrations of PM10 and PM2.5 for all the 7

AAQM stations were found between 49.0 to 85.9 µg/m3 and 19.5 to 46.0 µg/m3, respectively.

As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2 and NO2 are concerned, the prescribed CPCB limit of 80

µg/m3 has never surpassed at any station. The concentrations of SO2 and NO2 were found to be in

range of 6.0 to 12.6 µg/m3 and 8.2 to 20.8 µg/m3 respectively. CO concentration was also found

within limits.

AAQ parameters in the study area have been found well within prescribed norms; though the

values were found more for the Village Kurki and at Mine Site (183.53 ha) because of the various

mining activities like drilling, blasting, transporation of limestone, etc. at mine site whereas in

Village Kurki due to vehicular activity.

Minimum values were obtained for the location selected near Mine site due to the absence of any

major industrial establishment nearby and average population density.

There will be increase in pollution level due to the proposed expansion in mining project and there

may be impact on nearby habitation i.e. Village Garh (~0.7 km in West Direction). Impact

assessment and mitigation measures suggested for the same have been detailed in Chapter IV of

this Final EIA/EMP Report.

3.11.3 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION FOR RSPM

RSPM is “defined as the component of inhaled Respirable dust small enough to reach the

pulmonary or alveolar region of the lung”.

Classification of RSPM

Classification Type of particles Size of the particles

PM10 Inhalable particles ≤10µm

PM2.5 Fine particles ≤2.5µm

The composition of particulate matter includes Silica (SiO2), Calcium (Ca), Magnesium (Mg), Iron

(Fe), Aluminium (Al), Sodium (Na) Potassium (K), Manganese (Mn), Chromium (Cr), Nickel (Ni),

Zinc (Zn), Copper (Cu), Cobalt (Co), Lead (Pb), Mercury (Hg) & Cadmium (Cd) etc. percentage of

Free silica in particulate matters is 1.15%.






Table -3. 11

Chemical Characterization of RSPM

S.No. IONS QUANTITY (µg/m3)

1. Free Silica (SiO2)% 1.15

2. Calcium (Ca) 12.8

3. Magnesium (Mg) 7.4

4. Iron (Fe) 2.9

5. Aluminium (Al) 2.6

6. Sodium (Na) 4.8

7. Potassium (K) 3.2

8. Manganese (Mn) 3.7

9. Chromium (Cr) 0.52

10. Nickel (Ni) 0.02

11. Zinc (Zn) 1.9

12. Copper (Cu) 0.6

13. Cobalt (Co) 0.56

14. Lead (Pb) 0.25

15. Mercury (Hg) BDL*

16. Cadmium (Cd) BDL*

*BDL – Below Detectable Limit, *DL – Detection Limit

3.12 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise is often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes

annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep, thus deteriorating quality of human

environment.

Source of Noise

There are several sources of noise in the 10 km radius of study area, which contributes to the local

noise level of the area. Ambient noise sources in the vicinity of the project include the noise from

traffic on road, mining activities, human activities in villages and agricultural fields.

Sampling Schedule

Noise level monitoring was carried out at 7 locations during the day and night time once in the

study period.

Sampling Locations

Locations / stations selected for noise level monitoring are given in Table - 3.7.

Ambient Noise Level Monitoring

Ambient noise levels monitoring results monitored at different locations (as mentioned in Table -

3.7) during the study period are given in Table - 3.12.






TABLE - 3.12

Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Results


Station

Code Sampling Locations

Noise Levels dB Leq (A)

Day Time

(6:00 am to 10:00 pm)

Night Time

(10:00 pm to 6:00 am)

SAN 1 Mine Site 62.6 49.5

SAN 2 Near Mine Site 54.7 44.1

SAN 3 Village Kuraki 53.7 43.8

SAN 4 Village Sewariya 53.8 43.6

SAN 5 Near Village Garh 53.0 43.3

SAN 6 Village Motiya (Earlier Maohangarh) 54.6 44.1

SAN 7 Village Bhumbaliya 54.1 44.8

Source: Ambient Noise Level Monitoring

CPCB Noise Standards are given in Table - 3.13.

TABLE - 3.13

CPCB Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limits in Leq. dB (A)

Day Time (06.00 am–10.00 pm) Night Time (10.00 pm–6.00 am)

(A) Industrial Area 75 70

(B) Commercial Area 65 55

(C) Residential Area 55 45

(D) Silence Zone 50 40

1. Day Time is from 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM.

2. Night Time is reckoned between 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM.

3. Silence Zone is defined as an area up to 100m around premises of Hospitals, Educational Institutions and Courts. Use of vehicle horn, loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned in these zones.

Note: Mixed categories of areas be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the competent Authority and the corresponding standards shall apply

Source: Central Pollution Control Board Norms

3.12.1 INTERPRETATON OF NOISE RESULTS

Ambient noise levels were measured at 7 locations in and around the mine site. Noise levels varied

from 53.0 to 62.6 Leq dB (A) during day time and from 43.3 to 49.5 Leq dB(A) during night time.

From the above study and discussions, it can be concluded that noise levels in the study area are

well within the prescribed limits as prescribed by the CPCB.

Maximum noise levels during day time as well as during night time were observed at Mine Site due

to existing Mining Activities. Whereas, the minimum noise levels were found near Village Garh, as

there is no major source of noise pollution and no major roads were found near the village.






Due to expected increase in noise level, due to the proposed expansion project, there may be

impact on nearby habitation. Impact assessment and mitigation measures suggested for the same

have been detailed in Chapter IV of this report.

3.13 WATER ENVIRONMENT

(A) Type of sampling

Grab sampling has been done as single sample collected at a specific spot and at a site over a

short period of time, grab samples are taken at a single selected location, depth and time.

(b) Sampling method

Sample were collected manually from various type of sampling location by method described

below-

Surface Water: The samples were collected from village ponds.

Drinking Water / Ground water: samples have been collected from hand pumps & Bore wells

in the study area.

3.13.1 SURFACE WATER

There is no perennial surface water body exists in the study area except some small water bodies

i.e. Phutiya bala, Aguna bala, Athuna Bala, Sukri river, Chhoralo bala etc.

Surface Water samples were collected from 3 surface water bodies during the survey in the study

area. Details of the Surface water sampling location are given in Table no. 3.14.

TABLE - 3.14

Surface Water Sampling Stations

Study Period – Post Monsoon Season (Oct. to Dec, 2017)

Station

Code

Sampling Locations Coordinates

Distance & Direction

Distance Direction

SW1 Pond at Village Kotariya 26°23'40.00"N

74° 15'31.38"E ~2.0 km East

SW2 Pond at Village Dhaneriya 26°25'15.42"N

74°10'48.44"E ~5.5 km NW

SW3 Pond at Village Bhumbaliya 26°23'48.10"N

74°07'57.85"E ~9.0 km West

Source: SOI Toposheet & Field survey






Table 3.15

Surface Water Analysis

Study Period: Post Monsoon Season (October to December, 2017)

S. No. Parameters Unit Pond at Village

Kotariya

Pond at Village

Dhaneriya

Pond at Village

Bhumbaliya

1. pH (at 25°C) -- 7.41 7.67 6.86

2. Colour Hazen

Unit

BDL(DL 5.0 Hazen) BDL (DL5.0 Hazen)

BDL (DL5.0 Hazen)

3. Turbidity NTU BDL(DL 1.0 NTU) BDL(DL 1.0 NTU) BDL(DL 1.0 NTU)

4. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5. Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

6. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 76.04 300.20 112.15

7. Calcium as Ca mg/l 24.05 83.37 38.86

8. Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 33.60 76.80 43.20

9. Chloride as Cl mg/l 53.48 79.35 39.78

10. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 3.89 22.35 3.69

11. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 172.00 315.00 145.00

12. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 12.62 7.79 4.43

13. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.37 0.10 BDL (DL 0.05 mg/l)

14. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 1.88 2.51 0.79

15. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.04 0.06 BDL (DL 0.02 mg/l)

16. Total suspended solid mg/l 5.0 4.0 4.0

17. BOD mg/l 22.80 18.10 16.20

18. COD mg/l 65.80 61.20 57.20

19. Sodium as Na mg/l 10.60 13.80 7.26

20. Potassium as K mg/l 0.56 0.64 0.58

21. Conductivity µS/cm 198.00 380.00 165.00

22. Dissolve Oxygen mg/l 5.40 5.60 5.70

Source: Surface Water analysis report

Interpretaton Of Surface Water Quality Results

The Surface water sample collected from 3 surface water bodies was found potable as per the

drinking water standards IS – 10500 : 2012. Ranges observed for some of the Surface water quality

parameters are given as under:-

The pH of collected water samples varies from 6.86 to 7.67.

Total hardness varies from 76.04 mg/l to 300.20 mg/l

Total dissolved solids vary from 145 mg/l to 315 mg/l

BOD varies from 16.20 mg/l to 22.80 mg/l

COD varies from 57.20 mg/l to 65.80 mg/l

Some of the parameters like Colour (DL 5.0 Hazen), turbidity (DL 1.0 NTU), Residual free Chlorine

(DL 0.20 mg/l), Cyanide as CN (DL 0.2 mg/l), Iron as Fe (DL 0.02 mg/l), Aluminium as Al (DL 0.03






mg/l), Boron (DL 0.02 mg/l), Phenolic Compounds (DL 0.001 mg/l), Anionic Detergents as MBAS

(DL 0.02 mg/l), Hexa Chromium as Cr+6 (DL 0.03 mg/l), Zinc as Zn ( DL 0.1mg/l), Copper as Cu (DL

0.02 mg/l), Manganese as Mn (DL 0.10 mg/l), Lead as Pb (DL 0.008 mg/l), Selenium as Se (DL 0.001

mg/l), Fluoride as F (DL 0.05 mg/l) Nitrate as NO3 (DL 0.05 mg/l), Manganese as Mn (DL 0.10 mg/l),

Nickel (DL 0.005 mg/l) were analysed and not detected. Other than the above, Total Coliform & E-

Coli were absent in the samples analysed.

3.13.2 GROUND WATER QUALITY

Ground water as well as drinking water samples were collected from the available water

resources around the mine site i.e. hand Pump and Bore wells. The samples were collected and

tested from different sites. The quality of ground water was studied by collecting 6 water

samples. The water sampling stations from representative borewells. Details of ground water

sampling locations and their distance and directions are given in Table - 3.16. Ground water

analysis results are given in Table - 3.17.

TABLE - 3.16

Ground Water Sampling Stations

Station

code


Distance & direction from mine site

Distance Direction

SGWS1 Near Mine Site 26°24'08.77"N

74°15'0.48"E ~0.5 km NE

SGWS2 Village Kuraki 26°26'13.15"N

74° 15'07.64"E ~4.5 km NNE

SGWS3 Village Chainpura 26°20'38.14"N

74° 13'04.89"E ~5.0 km SSW

SGWS4 Village Bhumbhaliya 26°23'47.22"N

74° 07'49.02"E ~9.5 km West

SGWS5 Village Kotariya 26°24'13.55"N

74° 16'5.84"E ~2.5 km East

SGWS6 Village Gurah 26°20'59.92"N

74°15'55.16"E ~5.5 km SSE

Source: SOI Toposheet& field Survey





Figure 3.7 : Key Plan showing Surface water, Ground Water & Soil Sampling Locations





TABLE - 3.17

Ground Water Analysis

S.

No Parameter Near Mine Site Village Kuraki Village Chainpura

Village

Bhumbhaliya Village Kotariya Village Gurah

Specification as per IS 10500- 2012

Desirable

limits

Permissible limit

(Max.)

1. pH (at 25°C) 7.52 7.38 7.40 7.69 7.82 7.46 6.5 to 8.5 No Relaxation

2. Colour BDL (DL 5Hazen) BDL (DL 5Hazen) BDL (DL 5Hazen) BDL (DL 5Hazen) BDL (DL 5Hazen) BDL (DL 5Hazen) 5 15

3. Turbidity BDL (DL 1.0 NTU ) BDL (DL 1.0 NTU ) BDL (DL 1.0 NTU ) BDL (DL 1.0 NTU ) BDL (DL 1.0 NTU ) BDL (DL 1.0 NTU ) 1 5

4. Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5. Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

6. Total Hardness as CaCO3 408.00 280.00 424.00 304.00 268.00 924.00 200 600

7. Calcium as Ca 124.59 98.86 135.94 73.75 78.56 270.94 75 200

8. Alkalinity as CaCO3 328.10 244.58 398.80 298.80 313.74 318.72 200 600

9. Chloride as Cl 262.10 179.78 253.27 504.86 254.79 383.54 250 1000

10. Magnesium as Mg 23.61 8.05 12.61 29.16 17.48 60.26 30 100

11. Total Dissolved Solids 832.00 148.00 887.00 926.00 835.00 1350.00 500 2000

12. Sulphate as SO4 36.21 17.30 26.82 37.06 30.52 85.59 200 400

13. Fluoride as F 0.52 0.31 0.60 0.86 0.56 1.32 1 1.5

14. Nitrate as NO3-N 3.79 1.16 1.95 4.20 1.65 6.24 45 No Relaxation

15. Iron as Fe 0.16 0.12 0.30 0.14 0.20 0.15 1.0 No Relaxation

16. Sodium as Na 164.32 16.20 173.80 76.20 34.80 181.20 -- --

17. Potassium as K 1.60 0.70 2.20 2.86 1.70 4.60 -- --

18. Conductivity 1360.00 228.00 1395.00 1435.00 1374.00 2146.0 -- --

Source: Ground Water analysis report






3.13.3 INTERPRETATON OF GROUND WATER QUALITY RESULTS

The ground water /drinking water samples were collected from 6 locations, the ground water was

found potable. Ranges observed for some of the ground water quality parameters are given as

under:-

The pH of collected water samples varied from 7.38 to 7.82.

Total hardness varied from 268.0 mg/l to 924.0 mg/l

Total dissolved solids varied from 148.0 mg/l to 1350.0 mg/l

The water samples contain, chloride from 179.78 to 504.86 mg/l, SO4 varied from 17.30 to

85.59 mg/l, Ca from 73.75 to 270.94 mg/l, Mg varied from 8.05 to 60.26 mg/l.

Some of the parameters like Turbidity (NTU) (DL 1.0 NTU), Cyanide as CN (DL 0.02 mg/l),

Aluminium as Al (DL 0.03 mg/l), Boron (DL 0.20 mg/l), Phenolic Compounds (DL 0.001 mg/l),

Anoionic Detergents as MBAS (DL 0.02 mg/l), Hexa Chromium as Cr+6 (DL 0.03 mg/l), Zinc as Zn

(DL 0.1 mg/l), Copper as Cu (DL 0.02 mg/l), Manganese as Mn (DL 0.10 mg/l), Cadmium Cd (DL

0.0005 mg/l), Lead as Pb (DL 0.008 mg/l), Arsenic as As (DL 0.0005 mg/l), Mercury as Hg (DL 0.001

mg/l), Chromium as Cr (DL 0.002 mg/l), Phosphate as PO4 (mg/l)(DL 0.02 mg/l) & Nickel as Ni (DL

0.005 mg/l) were analysed and not detected. Other than the above, Total Coliform & E-Coli were

absent in the samples analysed.

No adverse impact on water quality is envisaged due to the proposed expansion project as there

is no surface water body exists within the lease area and no waste water will be discharged out

side lease boundary.

3.14 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

3.14.1 SOIL QUALITY AND CHARACTERISTICS

The information on soil quality has been arrived by collection and analysis of soil samples from

representative locations.

In order to assess the base line characteristics of soil profile of the area representing project and

nearby areas, the samples were analyzed for key and chemical parameters.

The sampling locations were finalized with the following considerations:

• To enable information on baseline characteristics and,

• To determine the impact of mining activities on soil characteristics.

• To determine the type of plantation

Representative soil samples were collected from 6 different specified locations within the study

area of the mine site. Standard operating procedures were followed for the sampling and analysis

of physico-chemical parameters.

Location of soil sampling stations is given in Table – 3.18 and shown in figure no. 3.7

Soil analysis results are given in Table - 3.19 and Standard Soil Classification is given in Table – 3.20






TABLE - 3.18

Soil Sampling Stations

Study Period – Post Monsoon Season, (October to December 2017)

Station

code


Distance & direction from mine site

Distance Direction

SGWS1 Near Mine Site 26°23'49.96"N

74°14'21.55"E ~0.5 km NE

SGWS2 Village Kuraki 26°26'7.10"N

74° 15'24.78"E ~4.5 km NNE

SGWS3 Village Chainpura 26°20'21.96"N

74° 13'16.84"E ~5.0 km SSW

SGWS4 Village Bhumbhaliya 26°23'52.68"N

74° 08'9.75"E ~9.5 km West

SGWS5 Village Kotariya 26°24'38.58"N

74° 15'42.96"E ~2.5 km East

SGWS6 Village Gurah 26°21'1.60"N

74°16'27.42"E ~5.5 km SSE

Source: SOI Toposheet & field survey





TABLE - 3.19 Soil Quality Analysis Results

Study Period –Post – Monsoon Season (October to December , 2017)

S. N0. PARAMETERS Sampling Locations

Unit Near Mine Site Village Kuraki Village Chainpura Vill Bhumbhaliya Village Kotariya Village Gurah

1. pH (at 25°C) (1:2.5 soil water sus.) - 7.75 7.61 7.49 7.32 7.22 7.22

2. Conductivity (1:2 soil water sus.) mS/cm 0.49 0.46 0.34 0.29 0.40 0.29

3. Soil Texture - Silty Clay Loam Sandy Loam Silty Clay Loam Silty Clay Loam Silty Clay Loam Silty Clay Loam

4. Colour - Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown

5. Water holding capacity % 22.44 21.37 21.69 24.58 26.24 27.53

6. Bulk density gm/cc 0.70 0.60 0.68 0.64 0.66 0.69

7. Chloride mg/kg 28.17 56.28 63.47 27.43 33.94 18.30

8. Calcium as Ca mg/kg 630.46 561.12 284.17 742.05 841.68 480.96

9. Sodium as Na mg/kg 93.68 90.01 57.80 96.01 90.44 135.44

10. Available Potassium as K kg. /hec 245.00 211.27 260.40 230.60 191.72 251.92

11. Organic matter % 1.08 0.76 1.07 1.04 0.92 0.59

12. Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 7.30 17.02 12.16 44.87 63.23 59.03

13. Available Nitrogen as N kg. /hec 189.62 130.36 248.87 179.74 134.76 124.36

14. Available Phosphorus kg. /hec 21.20 51.44 28.09 87.28 281.78 64.43

15. Total Zinc as Zn mg/kg 23.36 14.16 28.04 16.72 8.42 12.46

16. Total Manganese as Mn mg/kg 186.92 206.20 176.24 127.55 127.55 200.20

17. Total Chromium as Cr mg/kg 2.10 2.57 1.45 2.05 2.05 1.88

18. Total Lead as Pb mg/kg 1.48 2.34 1.47 2.46 2.46 2.10

19. Total Cadmium as Cd mg/kg 2.10 2.30 2.04 1.60 1.65 3.45

20. Total Copper as Cu mg/kg 12.15 6.48 5.66 3.65 3.56 6.01

21. Organic Carbon % 0.62 0.44 0.62 0.60 0.53 0.34

Source: Soil Quality Analysis results from JMEPL






TABLE - 3.20

Standard Soil Classification

S. No. Parameters Classification

1. pH <4.5 extremely acidic

4.51 – 5.0 very strong acidic

5.01 – 5.5 strongly acidic

5.51-6.0 moderately acidic

6.1 – 6.5 slightly acidic

6.51.7.3 Neutral

7.31-7.8 slightly alkaline

7.81-8.5 moderately alkaline

8.51 – 9.0 strongly alkaline

>9.0 Very strongly alkaline

2. Salinity Electrical Conductivity (mho/cm) Up to 1.0 average

1-2 harmful to germination

2-3 harmful to crops

3. Nitrogen (kg/ha) Up to 50 very less

51-100 less

110-150 good

151-300 better

>300 sufficient

4. Phosphorus (kg/ha) Up to 15 very less

15 – 30 less

31-50 medium

51-65 on average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

5. Potassium (kg/ha) 0-120 very less

120-180 less

180-240 medium

241-300 average

301-360 better

>360 more than sufficient

Source: Handbook of Agriculture published by Indian Council for Agricultural Research (ICAR).

3.14.2 INTERPRETATON OF SOIL QUALITY RESULTS

Samples collected from identified locations indicate pH value ranging from 7.22 to 7.75. the soil

texture is silty clay loam. Organic Matter ranged from 0.59 % to 1.08 % in the soil samples. Nitrogen

is found to be in moderate amount as it ranged from 124.36 kg/ha to 248.87 kg/ha and

Phosphorous in less amount i.e. from 21.20 kg/ha to 281.78 kg/ha, whereas the Potassium is found

to be ranging from 191.72 kg/ha to 260.40 kg/ha.






3.15 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Biological study of the study are has been carried out. Details of the impact on surrounding

wildlife & Mitigative measures along with cost implications have been addressed in study report.

Details of vegetation in RF/PF has also included in the report.

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger Reserves, and Wildlife

Corridors etc. within 10 km radius of the mining lease area. One Pagara Block Reserve Forest and

one Protected Forest falls with in 10 km radius study area. Letter along with authenticated

location map has been received from Deputy conservator of Forest, Pali vide letter No./F()

DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018.

Authentication of list of flora & fauna has been obtained from Dy Conservator of Forest vide letter

No./F() DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018. As per authenticated list of flora & Flora and

Field study report, two scheduled –I Species i.e. Monitor lizard (Varanus bengalensis) & Indian

Peafowl (Pavo cristatus) were found within 10 km radius of the Mining Lease area.

Conservation plan for Two schedule I specie i.e. Monitor lizard & Indian Peafowl along with

biological study report has been approved from Dy Conservator of Forest vide letter No./F()

DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018. Copy of same is enclosed as Annexure IV with this Final

EIA/EMP report.

3.16 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.16.1 INTRODCUTION

An essential part of environmental study is socio-economic environment incorporating various

facts related to socio-economic conditions in the area, which deals with the total environment.

Socio economic study includes demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities

viz., housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation,

communication, transportation, prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic

significance such as temples, historical monuments etc. at the baseline level. This would helps in

visualizing and predicting the possible impact depending upon the nature and magnitude of the

project.

Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the socio-economic

condition and possibly makes a change in living and social standards of the particular area

benefitted due to the Project.

It can undoubtedly be said that this mine expansion work will provide direct and indirect

employment and improve the infrastructural facilities and standards of living of the area. In the

nearby areas, gross economic production will increase substantially due to the proposed

expansion Limestone mining projects in the area.

3.16.2 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

The objectives of this socio-economic report consist of:

To conduct socio-economic assessment study in Project Area.






To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to cover the sub sectors of

education, health, sanitation, and water and food security.

To recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector.

To help in providing better living standards.

To provide employment opportunities.

3.16.3 METHODOLOGY

Collection of Data

Data for this project were collected via a combination of secondary source (i.e. Government

department, maps, literature research etc) and primary source (i.e. interviews, field research)

in the study area.

Presentation of Data & Analysis

The data collected were presented in a suitable, concise form for further analysis. The

collected data were presented in the form of tabular or diagrammatic or graphic form. These

tabulated data were interpreted and analyzed with the help of various qualitative techniques

and ideographic approaches.

3.16.4 BACKGROUND INFORMATION OF THE AREA

The proposed expansion project is located in the District - Pali, Tehsil - Jaitaran, and District

Nagaur, Tehsil - Merta and District - Ajmer, Tehsil - Peesangan in the state of Rajasthan. It is a

Rajpoot dominant state. Pali district is situated between 25.77° N latitude and 73.33° E longitude.

The study area falls under mainly Pali District, Nagaur and Ajmer covers a small part. Accessible to

all other Indian cities through proper rail, road and the place is one of the most easily reachable

districts of Rajasthan. The cement industry is one of the major sources of revenue earning of Pali.

It is linked to all major cities of Indian origin. The cement industry provides direct and indirect

employment to the local people of the villages which falls in the 10 km radius of the study area.

Table -3.21

Socio-Economic Profile of Study Area

S. No Particular Rajasthan Study area

1. Area (in sq. kms.) 342239

2. No. of Households 12711146 9576

3. Population 68,548,437 47468

4. Male 35550997 24684

5. Female 32997440 22784

6. Scheduled Tribes 12221593 367

7. Scheduled Castes 9238534 9871

8. Literacy 67.06 43%

9. Sex Ratio (Females per 1000 Males) 928 923

Source: Census of India, 2011






3.16.5 BASELINE DATA & ANALYSIS

The socio-economic study has been conducted on the basis of primary and secondary data

available. The study area was categorized on the basis of the distance of the villages from project

site. Primary zone was indentified from 0 to 3 km radius area, Secondary zone in 3 to 5 km,

Tertiary zone in 5 to 7 km and Outer zone in 7 to 10 km radius area from the mine site.

Information were collected from the data of census 2011 and the secondary information collected

from various government departments like health department, agriculture department, IMD etc.





TABLE - 3.22

Village wise Demographic Profile of Villages

S.N

o Name of village

No of

house

hold

Total

populat

ion

Total

male

Total

female

Sex

Ratio

SC

Popul

ation

ST

Popula

tion

Total

literacy

rate (%)

Male

literacy

rate (%)

Female

literacy

rate (%)

Total

worker

Main

worker

Marginal

worker

Non

worker

0-3 km

1 Garhi 135 718 319 399 1251 83 0 61.19 44.42 55.57 272 175 97 446

2 Kotariya 392 2019 1022 997 976 426 4 28.63 22.88 5.75 1127 949 178 892

3 Bakhtawarpura 5 26 16 10 625 0 0 18.75 100 0 625 8 7 300

Sub total 532 2789 1357 1406 1036 509 4 40.66 48.65 50.41 2024 1132 282 1638

3-5 km

4 Sewariya 605 3155 1660 1495 901 684 9 46.91 31.79 15.12 1491 761 730 1664

5 Kurki 806 4132 2113 2019 956 953 0 41.58 28.29 13.29 2135 970 1165 1997

6 Katmor 226 1184 546 638 1168 193 5 34.21 22.55 11.66 618 209 409 566

7 Chainpura 112 557 293 264 901 0 0 44.17 31.6 12.57 199 194 5 358

8 Keeron Ki Dhani 92 395 211 184 872 37 0 41.27 29.62 11.65 211 25 186 184

9 Champapur 222 1016 533 483 906 528 0 41.63 26.77 14.86 490 406 84 526

10 Motipura 150 954 488 466 955 97 13 62.17 51.15 48.84 462 64 398 492

11 Dhaneriya Leel 329 1659 832 827 934 545 0 62.72 32.79 21.27 991 353 638 668

Sub total 2542 13052 6676 6376 956 3037 27 52.99 51.14 48.85 6597 2982 3615 6455

5-10 km

12 Bhoombaliya 656 3101 1603 1498 934 711 0 46.79 30.99 15.8 1631 958 673 1470

13 Dayalpura 206 1023 548 475 867 383 1 35.39 25.12 10.26 518 230 288 505

14 Ras 1881 9511 4973 4538 913 1765 3 48.85 32.94 15.91 3389 2686 703 6122

15 Ganeshpura 100 600 310 290 935 356 0 47.67 30.83 16.83 311 230 81 289

16 Deoriya Raiputan 65 341 156 185 1186 17 0 30.21 19.06 11.14 195 84 111 146





17 Phoolmal 383 1812 923 889 963 465 24 46.14 31.62 14.51 746 467 279 1066

18 Gurha Hemadai 335 1700 904 796 881 203 9 25.94 21 4.94 854 669 185 846

19 Kheendawas 2 16 6 10 1667 0 0 37.5 25 12.5 8 8 0 8

20 Akhawas 163 687 331 356 1076 296 0 45.71 26.64 19.07 333 193 140 354

21 gujron ki dhani 649 3000 1700 1300 765 653 31 43.53 30.9 12.63 1589 1103 486 1411

22 Rohisi 590 2678 1352 1326 981 605 0 41 27.63 13.37 1173 565 608 1505

23 Rohisa 383 1846 926 920 994 213 45 46.21 29.52 16.68 995 640 355 851

24 Reechmaliya 255 1397 721 676 937 373 0 40.5 27.58 12.93 738 413 335 659

25 Kala Pipal Ki

Dhani 252 1296 622 674 1084 184 154 68.29 38.5 29.78 712 710 2 584

26 Rawat Khera 83 390 191 199 1042 0 0 37.18 26.67 10.51 163 74 89 227

27 Lakasam 38 230 140 90 643 20 4 30.43 19.57 10.87 80 50 30 150

28 Balwantgarh 52 300 180 120 667 0 35 30 18.33 11.67 75 55 20 225

29 Ramgarh 131 690 346 344 994 23 0 21.3 19.13 2.17 413 192 221 277

30 Dhoondha

Lambodi 118 552 269 283 1052 37 0 53.44 30.07 23.37 296 296 0 256

31 Roopnagar 102 449 210 239 1138 10 8 43.21 23.16 20.04 129 114 15 320

32 Rampura 161 870 458 412 900 375 1 62.87 34.82 18.5 365 200 165 505

33 Fatehnagar 65 353 184 169 918 352 0 29.49 20.39 2.83 191 191 0 162

34 Jagannathpura 128 590 282 308 1092 172 0 58.43 30.67 18.64 264 257 7 326

35 Daulat Pura 113 620 321 299 931 121 0 46.69 30.8 7.9 320 281 39 300

Sub total 6911 34052 16411 16396 999 7334 315 49.8 48.19 48.14 15488 10666 4832 18564

Grand Total 9985 49893 24444 24178 989 10880 346 50.13 48.99 48.45 24109 14780 8729 26657







3.16.6 BASELINE DATA OF STUDY AREA

Base line data are collected and prepared by conducting a survey by Team Members. Minimum

45% of the villages under Buffer Zone have been surveyed by proportional random sampling

methods, Socio Economic Household Survey (SEHS) conducted by our team (photographs given

below), preferably the villages falling from the Core Zone (Mine Site) to 3 km, secondary zone of

the villages falling 3 to 5 km, tertiary zone 5-10 km and of buffer zone. 16 villages have been

surveyed for this project and keeping in view the socio-economic condition of the project area has

been analyzed. Secondary data has been used from census and various Govt. departments.

On the basis of questionnaires prepared including Demography, Education, Medical & Health,

Occupation, Agriculture & Cropping pattern, Basic Amenities and Religious Rituals details. The

primary study was conducted within 10 km radius study area from the mining cluster.

The study area (buffer zone) was categorized on the basis of the distance of the villages from

mining cluster. Primary zone was identified from 0 to 3 km radius area, secondary zone in 3-5 km,

tertiary zone 5-10 km radius area from the mining cluster.

Keeping in view of the socio-economic condition of the mining villages have been surveyed and

analyzed. Information was collected from Stakeholders like-Sarpanch, Gramsevak, Doctors, ANM,

Aanganbadi karyakarta, school teachers and other recognized persons of the area. To ensure the

accuracy of the primary data collected from the study areas, all village specific information was

verified from the data of census 2011 and the secondary information collected from various

government departments like health department, agriculture department, IMD, Tehsil

headquarter etc.






Figure 3.8: SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY IN THE STUDY AREA

TABLE - 3.23

Summary of Village wise Demographic Profile

Zone No. of

Villages

Total

Household

Total

Population

Total Male

Population

Total

Female

Population

Sex

Ratio

Primary Zone (0-3 km) 3 532 2789 1357 1406 1036

Secondary Zone (3-5 km) 8 2542 13052 6676 6376 956

Tertiary Zone (5-10 km) 24 6911 34052 16411 16396 999

Sub Total 35 9985 49893 24444 24178 2991


3.16.6.1 POPULATION DISTRIBUTION

Total 16 villages have been surveyed as a source of primary data. The population distribution

varies from place to place. Average household size is 4.99. Same is shown in figure 3.9.






Figure: 3.9 Village wise Population Distribution

3.16.6.2 VULNERABLE GROUP

While developing an Action Plan, it is very important to identify the population who fall under the

marginalized and vulnerable groups and special attention has to be given towards these groups

while making action plans. Special provisions should be made for them. On the bases of surveyed

villages we have observed that the population of the schedule Caste (S.C.) (22 %), schedule tribe

population (1%) & other population (77 %) in surveyed villages (Table-3.24) of the study area.

Table - 3.24

SC/ST Population of the Study Area

Zone No. of

Villages

Total

Population

SC

Population

ST

Population

Other

Population

Total Population 3 2789 509 4 2276

Total Male Population 8 13052 3037 27 9988

Total Female

Population 24 34052 7334 315 26403

Sub Total 35 49893 10880 346 38667


Figure 3.10 : Village wise SC and ST Population

2789

13052

34052

13576676

16411

1406

6376

16396

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000

Primary Zone (0-3 km) Secondary Zone (3-5

km)

Tertiary Zone (5-10 km)

Total Population

Total Population Total Male Population Total Female Population

SC Population

22% ST Population

1%Other

Population

77%

SC/ST Population






3.16.6.3 LITERACY RATE

Literacy Rate is the amount of people in a country with the ability to read and write. The analysis

of the literacy levels is done in the study area. As per Survey the male literacy rate, i.e., the

percentage of literate males in the study area works out to be 48.99%. Whereas, the female

literacy rate, which is an important indicator for social change, is observed to be 48.45% in the

study area as per survey. This indicates that there is a need for sociological development in the

region.

In the present study, the literacy rate is average in the surveyed villages due to lack of education

awareness and poor higher education facility. Both male and female literacy rate observed in Ras

village is high compare to other villages. Male and Female literacy rate of surveyed villages varies

from place to place. (Fig-3.11)

Figure - 3.11: Literacy Rate within 10 Km study area

3.16.6.4 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

The economy of an area is defined by the occupational pattern and income level of the people in

the area. The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied with reference to

work category. The population is divided occupation wise into three categories, viz., main

workers, marginal workers and non-workers. The workers include cultivators, agricultural

laborers, those engaged in household industry and other services.

The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less than 180 days

during the reference year. The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties,

students, retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc. besides institutional inmates or all

other non-workers who do not fall under the above categories. Table 3.25 shows the distribution

of workers in the surveyed villages in area.

48.65 51.1448.19

50.41 48.85 48.14

40.66

52.9949.8

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Primary Zone (0-3 km) Secondary Zone (3-5 km) Tertiary Zone (5-10 km)

Literacy Rate

Male Literacy Rate Female Literacy Rate Total Literacy Rate






Table - 3.25

Work Force of the Study Area

Zone No. of villages Total Workers Main Workers Marginal Workers Non Workers

Primary Zone (0-3 km) 3 2024 1132 282 1638

Secondary Zone (3-5 km) 8 6597 2982 3615 6455

Tertiary Zone (5-10 km) 24 15488 10666 4832 18564

Sub Total 35 24109 14780 8729 26657


The above table shows that the percentage of total working population and non-working

population is 30% and 53% respectively, of whole population of villages. Highest working and non-

working population existing in Raas village of total population (Table-3.25).

Figure 3.12: Working Details within 10 Km study area

As per the surveyed villages analysis most of them are non-working population. A major portion of

working age people is not ideal worker because of limited sectors in which they are engaged with

less training and non awareness of latest sectors in which may be they can do better than other

traditional work. (Figure-3.12)

3.16.6.5 BASIC AMENITIES

A better network of physical infrastructure facilities (well-built roads, rail links, irrigation, power

and telecommunication, information technology, market-network and social infrastructure

support, viz. health and Education, water and sanitation, veterinary services and co-operative) is

essential for the development of the rural economy.

A review of infrastructural facilities available in the area has been done based on the information

from base line survey of the study area. The village wise data on various aspects are given in these

documents. In this survey the villages, which falls within 10 km radius round the site has been

considered. Infrastructural facilities available in the area are described in the subsequent sections.

Main

Workers

30%

Marginal

Workers

17%

Non

Workers

53%

Working Population






Educational Facilities

According to surveyed villages education facilities are not up to the mark. All the villages have

schools only up to primary and middle level, no higher level education facilities does exist in

surveyed villages. Table-3.26 show educational facility in the surveyed villages.

Table - 3.26

Education facilities in the study area

Zone No. of

villages

Primary

school

Middle School Secondary

School

Govt Senior

Secondary

School

Primary Zone (0 - 3 Km) 3 2 1 0 0

Secondary Zone (3 - 5 Km) 8 16 12 5 1

Tertiary Zone(5-10 km) 24 36 25 12 5

Total 35 54 38 17 6


Figure 3.13: (Education facilities in study area)

As such upliftment of people’s education is the premier leading key sector which needs to take

immediate attention of the administrative authorities or the government. In the surrounding

village is must for surveyed villages. As we can see literacy rate is moderate but higher education

is extremely poor in surveyed villages.

54

38

17

6

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Primary school Middle School Secondary School Govt Senior

Secondary School

Education Facilities






Figure 3.14: Photographs showing Education facilities in the villages

List of Education facilities available in the study area :-

Education is the process of facilitating learning, or the acquisition of knowledge, skills, values, beliefs,

and habits. Educational methods include story telling, discussion, teaching, training, and

directed research.

Our country has made progress in terms of increasing the primary education attendance rate and

expanding literacy to approximately three-quarters of the population in the 7–10 age group, by 2011.

There are various schools that are run by the Government under the Right to Education Act to provide

education to every child.

The Midday Meal Scheme is a school meal programme of the Government of Indiadesigned to improve

the nutritional status of school-age children nationwide. The programme supplies free lunches on

working days for children in primary and upper primary classes in government. This programme is

established to increase the attendance of students in the schools.

Government provides various facilities like books, library, classrooms, playgrouds, stationary items so

that students gets encouraged in coming to the school and get maximum education which will help

them in their future endeavours.

A list is given below which represents the schools, mid day facilities and educational facilities in the

study area.





Villages (3-5 km

S.No. Name of School Established in

Year

Nodal Centre Teachers Meals in School Classes Classrooms Playground Library

1

Rajasthan Primary School -

Ratanpura

1999 Chainpura Male

Teachers: 2

Provided and

Prepared in School

Class 1 to

Class 5

2 Yes No

2

Rajasthan Preliminary

School -Guda

1984 Chainpura Male - 5 ,

Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

6 No No , No. of

books: 536

3


School - Chainpura


Female - 1

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

4 No Yes , No.

of books:

213

4

Rajasthan Primary School -

Devariya Rajputana

1995 Chainpura 2 Provided and

prepared in school

Class 1 to

Class 5

3 No No

5


School -Hemdai


Female - 1

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

4 Yes No , No. of

books: 0

6 Rajasthan Preliminary

School -Mothiya

1995 Sewariya Male - 3 ,

Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

5 Yes No , No. of

books: 0


School -Kudki


Female - 2

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

5 No No , No. of

books: 0


School -Kotdiya


Female - 1

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

6 Yes Yes , No.

of books:

378


School -Bhakhtavarpura


Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

2 No No , No. of

books: 0

10 Rajasthan Primary School -

Kudki Mal


Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 5

2 Yes No , No. of

books: 0


Shivnagri


Female - 1

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 5

2 No No. of

books: 30


Badliya Pipaliya


Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 5

2 No No , No. of

books: 40

Villages (5-10 km)

13 Rajasthan Preliminary 1980 Bhoombaliya Male Provided and Class 1 to 8 7 Yes Yes , No.





School -Rawato Ki Dhani Teachers: 6 prepared in school of books:

258


School -Kath Moor

1978 Bhoombaliya 5 Provided and

prepared in school

Class 1 to 8 5 No Yes , No of

books: 320


School -Dayalpura


prepared in school


books: 203


School -Alakh Gushai


prepared in school


books: 92


School -Nimbethi

1999 RAS Male - 5 ,

Female - 1

Not Provided Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

6 No No , No. of

books: 0


School -Kesarpur

1995 RAS Male - 5 ,

Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

4 Yes No , No. of

books: 69


School -Bheem Gadh

1958 RAS Male - 5 ,

Female - 1

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

6 No Yes , No.

of books:

150

20 Rajasthan Primary School

-Chandelo Ka Badiya

1999 RAS Male - 1 ,

Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 5

4 Yes No , No. of

books: 0


School -Patan

1977 RAS Male - 4 ,

Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

6 Yes No , No. of

books: 0


School -Raas

1981 RAS Male - 7 ,

Female - 0

Provided and

prepared in school

Lowest - 1 ,

Highest - 8

9 Yes No , No. of

books: 173


-Chilkani Raas

2013 RAS 2 Provided and

Prepared in School

Class 1 to 5 Not

Specified

No No , No. of

books: 0


School -Ganeshpura

1995 RAS Male

Teachers: 5

Provided and

Prepared in School

Class 1 to

Class 8

7 Yes Yes No. of

books:310


-Thothi Foolsagar Raas


Prepared in School

Class 1 to 5 2 Yes Yes


School -Roopnagar


Prepared in School

Class 1 to 8 6 Yes Yes No. of

books: 260


School - Bagatpura


Prepared in School

Class 1 to 8 6 No Yes No. of

books: 239






-Lakhasani Raas


Prepared in School

Class 1 to 5 4 No No


-Bheelda Raas


Prepared in School

Class 1 to 5 2 No No


School -Kanya Khadi Raas

School


Prepared in School

Class 1 to 8 5 No No, no. of

books-267






ANGANWADI CENTRE OF STUDY AREA

Anganwadi is a type of rural mother and child care centre in India. They were started by the Indian

government in 1975 as part of the Integrated Child Development Services program to combat

child hunger and malnutrition. A typical Anganwadi centre provides basic health care

in Indian villages It is a part of the Indian public health care system. Basic health care activities

include contraceptive counseling and supply, nutrition education and supplementation, as well as

pre-school activities.

The basic job of Anganwadi workers is extremely important and needs to be carried out in the

most efficient manner possible. They need to provide care for newborn babies and ensure that all

children below the age of 6 are immunized. They are expected to provide antenatal care for

pregnant women and ensuring that they are immunized against tetanus. In addition to this they

provide post-natal care to nursing mothers. They ensure that regular health and medical check-

ups for women 15- to 49-years-old take place and that all women and children have access to

these check-ups. They work toward providing pre-school education to children who are between 3

and 5 years old. A table given below represents the list of anganwadis that fall under the study

area.

(o-3 km)

S.No. Sector Name Anganwadi Centre Name Address

1 Ras Kotdiya 01 Kotdiya

2 Ras Kotdiya 02 Kotdiya

(3-5 km)

3 Lambiya Kathmor Kathmor

4 Ras Kudki 01 Kudki

5 Ras Kudki 02 Kudki

6 Ras Kadki 03 In Government School

7 Ras Sewariya 01 Sewariya

8 Ras Sewariya 02 Sewariya

(5-7 km)

9 Lambiya Dayalpura Near Dayalpura School

10 Ras Khindawas Government Primary School

11 Ras Guda Hemdai Guda Hemdayi

12 Ras Guda Hemdayi 02 Guda Hemdayi

(7-10 km)

13 Anand pur Kala Gujaro ki Dhani Gujaro ki Dhani

14 Berkalan Lakhasani Government School Me






Lakahsani

15 Lambiya Bhumbliya 01 Center 01 Bhumbliya

16 Lambiya Bhumbliya 02 Rawo Ka Bas Bhumbliya

17 Lambiya Bhumbliya 03 Gujro Ka Bas

18 Ras Ras 01 Talab Ke Pas Ras

19 Ras Ras 02 Sewariya Road Ras

20 Ras Ras 04 Lal Ji Dhani Nimbeti Road Ras

21 Ras Roopnagar Gujro Ka Bas Roopnagar

22 Ras Ganeshpura Near Government School

Health Facilities

Health is a human capital which is important factor for growth of our economy. Healthy person

perform better than sick one. Health is a greater role in the human happiness. It is source of

human welfare. It impacts on the productivity of a healthy person more productive and innovative

to any organization. In the beginning of life health and nutrition play a major role for developing a

healthy society.

In the surveyed villages healthcare facilities were found to be below average. There is no

community health centre, only three Primary health centre and thirteen Primary health sub

centers (PHSC) are available in study area. There is no mobile health service available in study

area.

Figure: 3.15: (Medical facilities in study area)

3

13

6

0

32

0

3

6

02468

101214

Medical Facilities






Table: 3.27 Village wise Medical Facilities

Village Name

Primary

Health

Centre

Primary

Heallth

Sub

Centre

Maternit

y And

Child

Welfare

Centre

TB

Clinic Dispensary

Veterin

ary

Hospita

l

Mobile

Health

Clinic

Non

Government

Medical

facilities In

And Out

Patient

Non

Governmen

t Medical

facilities

Medicine

Shop

0-3 km

Garhi Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Kotariya Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Bakhtawarpura Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

3-5 km

Chainpura Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Kiron Ka Khera Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Sewariya Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Kurki Yes Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil

Motipura Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Katmor Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Champapur Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Dhaneriya Leel Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

5-10 km

Bhoombaliya Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Dayalpura Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Ras Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Yes Nil

Ganeshpura Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Deoriya

Raiputan Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Gurha Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Khindawa Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Akhawas Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Gujaron Ki

Morvan Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Rohisi Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Rohisa Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Reechhmaliya Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Kalsawara Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil






Kala Pipal ki

Dhani Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Rawat Khera Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Lakarwas Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes Yes

Balwantgarh Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Ramgarh Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Dhoondhariya Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Roopnagar Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Rampura Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Fateh Nagar Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Jagannathpura Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Daulatpura Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil


LIST OF PRIMARY, COMMUNITY AND SUB CENTERS AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA

The Health Centre is concerned to promote the health and wellness of the community by

providing high-quality

prevention, education, and treatment services. The medical, counseling, and health promotion

services are designed for local public to help them stay healthy or get better to minimize

disruptions caused by injury and illness.

Now days, there are various Primary Health Centers, Community Health Centers and Sub Center

made available by the Government for the local people to easily go to nearby Health Center and

visit the doctors for their treatment at free of cost or with nominal amount. All these Health

Centers are run by the Government. The Government provides facilities to the public for their

betterment of health, to cure the diseases, provides awareness about the various diseases that

are present in the area, cleanliness and sanitation. A table given below represents all the health

centers available within the study area.

Table 3.28

Primary Health Centre

S.No Zone Districts Blocks Primary Health

Centers

1 Jodhpur Pali Jaitaran Kurki

2 Jodhpur Pali Jaitaran Lambiya

3 Jodhpur Pali Jaitaran Raas

4 Jodhpur Pali Bali Sewariya

5 Jodhpur Pali Jaitaran Bhumbaliya






Table 3.29 Community Health Centre

S.No Zone Districts Blocks Community Health

Centers

1 Jodhpur Pali Jaitaran Ras

Table 3.30 Sub Centre

S.No Districts Blocks Sub Centers

1 Pali Desuri Kotdi

2 Pali Jaitaran Kotdia

3 Pali Jaitaran Bhoomalia

4 Pali Pali Dayalpura

5 Pali Rohat Khundawas

6 Pali Jaitaran Sewariya

7 Pali aitaran Bhakarwas

8 Pali Jaitaran Fulmaal

WATER RESOURCES AND FACILITIES

Water resources and facilities i.e. Tap water, Well, Tube well, Hand Pump, River etc. of the villages

within 10 km radius is given below Table 3.31

Table: 3.31

Village wise Water facilities

Village Name

Tap

Water-

Treated

Tap

Water

Untreated

Covered

Well

Uncovered

Well

Hand

Pump

Tube

Wells/Borehole Tank/Pond/Lake

0-3 km

Garhi Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Kotariya Yes Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Bakhtawarpura Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil

3-5 km

Chainpura Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil

Kiron Ka Khera Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil

Sewariya Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Kurki Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Motipura Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil

Katmor Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Yes

Dhaneriya Yes Yes Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes

Champapur Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes

5-10 km

Bhoombaliya Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil

Dayalpura Yes Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes






Ras Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Ganeshpura Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil

Deoriya Raiputan Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes

Gurha Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil

Khindawa Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil

Akhawas Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes

Gujaron Ki Morvan Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil

Rohisi Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Rohisa Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Reechmaliyan Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil

Kalsawara Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil

Koliyon Ki Garhi Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Yes

Rawat Khera Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil

Lakarwas Yes Yes Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Balwantgarh Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil

Ramgarh Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil

Dhoondhariya Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Roopnagar Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil

Rampura Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Fateh Nagar Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes

Jagannathpura Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Yes

Daulatpura Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil


Figure: 3.16: Water facilities in study area

27

38

27

20 18

05

10152025303540

Water Facilities






The water is necessary for human and animal survival. In Rural areas the people are mostly

dependent on agriculture for their food and livelihood. Water is required by farmers for the

irrigation purpose of crops, to provide water to the crop and to increase the soil fertility. The

irrigation of crops can be done in various forms like by rain water, ground water, storage of water

in wells and borewells. It is the quantity of water necessary for crop growth as the depth (or

amount) of water needed to meet the water loss through evapotranspiration. Different crops are

present and there water requirement also differs. A list of cropping pattern and their irrigation

sources are given in the table below.

Table 3.32

Cropping pattern & Irrigation facilities

S.No. Name of

Village Crop Pattern Type of Crop

Irrigation

Source

Rabi Kharif Zaid Major Commercial Others

(0-3 km)

1 Garh

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum)

Jowar,

Bajra,

Moong,

Moth

-

Jowar,

Bajra,

Moong,

Moth, Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum)

-

Rain Water,

Ground

Water (wells)

2 Kotariya

Wheat, Rai

(Brassica

nigra), Cotton

(Gossypium),

Ishabgol

(Psyllium

husk), Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum)

Jowar,

Bajra,

Moong,

Moth

-

Bajra,

Cotton

(Gossypium),

Ishabgol

(Psyllium

husk),

Wheat,

Moong

Rai (Brassica

Nigra), Wheat

(Triticum),

Cotton

(Gossypium),

Ishabgol

(Psyllium

husk),

-

Rain Water,

Ground

Water (wells)

(3-5 km)

1 Kurki

Wheat

(Triticum),

Barley

Jowar,

Bajra,

Moong,

-

Bajra,

Wheat

(Triticum),

Jowar

- -

Rain Water,

Ground

Water (wells)

2 Sewariya

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum),

Makka (Zea

mays), Wheat

Jowar,

Bajra,

Moong,

Moth

(Oryza

sativa)

- Bajra,

Makka

Bajra, Makka

(Zea mays) -

Rain Water,

Ground

Water (wells)

3 Katmor -

Jowar,

Bajra,

Moong,

- Bajra,

Moong Moong - Rain Water

4 Motia -

Jowar,

Bajra,

Moong,

- Bajra,

Moong Jowar - Rain Water

5 Champapur Mustard

(Brassicaceae),

Jowar,

Bajra - -

Mustard

(Brassicaceae), -

Rain Water,

Ground






Wheat

(Triticum)

Wheat

(Triticum)

Water (wells)

(5-10 km)

1 Bhumbaliya

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum),

Wheat

Jowar,

Bajra,

Moong,

-

Bajra,

Moong,

Moth

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum),

-

Rain Water,

Ground

Water (wells)

2 Dayalpura

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum),

Bajra,

Moong,

Moth

- Bajra,

Moong,

Moth, Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum),

-

Rain Water,

Ground

Water

(wells),

Borewells

3 Ganeshpura Wheat

(Triticum)

Bajra,

Moong, -

Bajra,

Moong,

Wheat

(Triticum) -

Rain Water,

Ground

Water (wells)

4 Dewariya

Rajputana

Wheat

(Triticum),

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum),

Bajra,

Jowar -

Bajra,

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum),

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum),

Wheat

-

Rain Water,

Ground

Water

(wells),

Borewells

5 Thothi

Phulsagar

Wheat

(Triticum)

Bajra,

Moong,

Jowar

- Bajra,

Moong,

Wheat

(Triticum) -

Rain Water,

Ground

Water

(wells),

Borewells

6 Gurha Makka, Wheat

(Triticum)

Bajra,

Moong,

Jowar

- Bajra,

Moong,

Wheat

(Triticum),

Maize

-

Rain Water,

Ground

Water

(wells),

Borewells

7 Hemandai

Bajra,

Moong,

Jowar

- Bajra,

Moong, - -

Rain Water,

Ground

Water,

Borewells

8 Khindawas Makka (Zea

mays)

Bajra,

Moong, -

Bajra,

Moong,

Makka (Zea

mays) -

Rain Water,

Ground

Water (wells)

9 Ras

Wheat

(Triticum),

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum)

Bajra,

Moong,

Jowar

-

Bajra,

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum)

Wheat

(Triticum),

Sesame

(Sesamum

indicum)

-

Rain Water,

Ground

Water (wells)

Infrastructure Facilities

A better network of physical infrastructure facilities (well-built roads, rail links, irrigation, power

and telecommunication, information technology, market-network and social infrastructure

support) is essential for the development of the rural economy.






A review of infrastructure facilities available in the area has been done based on the information

from base line survey of the study area.

The data on various aspects are given village wise in Table no: 3.33 Telephone & Electric Facilities

are available in almost all of the surveyed villages. Other facilities are available at a distance of 7-10

km from their native place.





TABLE – 3.33

Village wise Infrastructure Facilities

Village Name Post

Office

Sub

Post

Office

Teleph

one

(landlin

es)

Mobile

Phone

Coverage

Public

Bus

Service

Private

Bus

Service

Taxi National

Highway

State

High

way

Comme

rcial

Bank

Coope

rative

Bank

Self -

Help

Group

Public

Distribution

System

Comm

unity

Centre

with/wi

thout

TV

Daily

Newspa

per

Supply

Power

Supply For

Domestic

Use

0-3 km

Garhi Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Kotariya Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Bakhtawarpur

a Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes

3-5 km

Chainpura Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes

Kiron Ka

Khera Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes

Sewariya Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Kurki Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Motiya Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Katmor Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes

Dhaneriya

Leel Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil 1 Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes

Champapur Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes





5-10 km

Bhoombaliya Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Dayalpura Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes 2 Yes Yes

Ras Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Ganeshpura Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Deoriya

Raiputan Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Gurha Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Khindawa Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes

Akhawas Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Gujaron Ki

Morvan Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes

Rohisi Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Rohisa Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Reechhmaliya Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes

Kalsawara Nil Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes

Koliyon Ki

Garhi Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes

Rawat Khera Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes

Lakarwas Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Balwantgarh Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Ramgarh Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes

Dhoondhariya Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes Yes Yes





Roopnagar Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes

Rampura Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes

Fateh Nagar Nil Yes Yes Yes Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Yes Yes

Jagannathpur

a Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes Yes

Daulatpura Nil Nil Nil Yes Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Yes







Transport Facilities

The study area is served by road transport. Most of the villages are not connected by

bus/other transport services. The area has a moderate road network, which includes National

highway, major District Roads and other roads within 10 km radius of the proposed mining

lease boundary. NH-158 which is ~5 km in North West direction from mine site.

Post and Telegraphs

The study area has a poor level of post services. Altogether there are only one Post Office in

the study area. The study area is served by adequate telephone and mobile network.

Electrification in the area

Villages in the study area are electrified. Electricity is available for domestic, non-domestic,

industrial agricultural and public lighting purposes.

Drinking Water Facility

Village people are availing Drinking water facilities generally from the Hand pump, open

well and tap . The water supply is also supplied through tanker in few villages.

Figure 3.17 : Drinking water facilities in villages

3.16.6.6 ECONOMIC EXPOSURE AND DEVELOPMENT:

Implementation of the project will make financial institutions as well as related economic facilities,

infrastructure and services available to the people. This will expose and introduce the local

population to factors of economic development including the banking system, financial services,

and credit and investment schemes. The exposure will enable community members to invest their

income and prevent dependency or living a life of “tomorrow will take care of itself”.

3.16.6.7 ADVERSE SOCIAL IMPACT

Health Impacts:

The project has the potential for triggering health impacts through increased dust, creation of

breeding grounds for disease vectors, population influx which might introduce new diseases in

the area, and inadequate sanitation facilities.

Noise and Vibration:






The process of mining will entail blasting, excavation and hauling the ores to the processing plant

where crushing will take place. These activities generate noise and vibration. The impact of noise

and vibration from the epicenter of these activities could have effects on the population living

around these areas. The excessive vibration could shake the houses leading to collapse of the

structures.

Livelihood change

Due to the labour intensity of the mining sector, the project will attract the more able-bodied

persons from the community which in turn will lead to low labor availability in other sectors of the

economy including agricultural, education and health skilled workers. Local employment

opportunities to be created by the project. This impact will not be significant due to low level of

education and skills in the area which will result in sourcing skilled workforce from outside the

immediate area. But the magnitude of this impact will be high due to high number of dependants

in a household.

Managing Loss of Livelihood and Income:

To cushion the population against impacts of mine closure, comprehensive retrenchment

packages that include adequate advance warning to employees and contractors to allow them to

source alternative opportunities should be undertaken. Skills development programmes should

also be undertake way before the closure of the plant.

3.16.7 CONCLUSION

The socio economic study of the study area on the behalf of surveyed villages gives clear picture

of its population, average household size, literacy rate, sex ratio etc. As far as the literacy rate is

concerned the study area has an average level (67.5%). It has schedule tribe and scheduled caste.

A part of population is suffering from the lack of permanent job to run their day to day life and get

basic facility.

Somewhere hand pump are situated but they cannot give water all 12 month in a year. At this time

they are dependent on some other source like some water supply tanker or taking from some sort

of distance.The study area as a whole possesses below average of infrastructural facilities.

However, in comparison with the facilities available in other parts of the districts; this area lacks in

higher level of amenities like higher education, health, drinking water and communication

network. This area needs more medical facilities. Maternity and child care centre is also not

available to this big population. Primary health centre and sub centers are also not in healthy

conditions to provide services to people. The area is well connected with road transport and

communication facilities.

The socio-economic analysis of the Study Area shows that in terms of education and employment,

the area is moderately developed. The overall socio-economic status of the target population is

below average in terms of literacy, work participation rate etc. More attention and care should be

taken so that the needs and demand of the population of the influence area be minimized and can

get more exposure to modern facilities of education and development to a bright future.

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND

MITIGATION MEASURES


Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53ha)

At Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan)



CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental parameters likely to be affected by mining are related to many factors, i.e.

physical, social, economic, agriculture and aesthetic. Opencast mining involves drilling, blasting,

excavation, loading, transportation, unloading etc. After mining, limestone will be transported to

the Cement plant of the company by hired trucks/ tippers.

All the operations can disturb environment of the area in various ways such as removal of mass,

change of landscape, displacement of human settlement, impact on flora and fauna of the area

and on surface drainage and change in air, water and soil quality. While for purpose of

development and economic upliftment of people, there is need for establishment of industries

and mining, but these have to be environmental friendly. Therefore, it is essential to assess the

impact of mining on different environmental parameters, before starting the mining operations,

so that abatement measures could be planned in advance for minimizing the impacts wherever

feasible.

The likely impacts on different environmental parameters due to this mining project are discussed

below:

4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES

The mining activities may disturb environment in various ways such as degradation of land, dust

generation, deterioration of water and soil quality, affecting the biological and socio-economic

environment of the area. The impacts of mining on various environmental parameters were

assessed and are given below:

4.2.1 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The mining project includes various mining operations involving development of benches,

approach roads, excavation and transportation of mineral. These operations generally result in

generation of dust and thereby pose health hazards. However, adequate control measures are

being/ will be provided at every stage of operation such as water sprinkling on haul roads to

reduce fugitive dust emissions.

4.2.1.1 AIR POLLUTION DUE TO LIMESTONE MINING PROJECT

(i) Gaseous Pollution

The gaseous pollutants (SO2 & NO2) are anticipated by blasting, HEMM like excavator, loaders,

dumpers, dozer and other transport vehicles.

(ii) Particulate Matter

The generation of dust is anticipated from various mining activities like drilling, blasting,

excavation, loading, unloading and transportation, and other mining related activities. The

ambient air quality monitored during Post Monsoon Season (October to December, 2017)






(results discussed in Chapter III) shows that the PM concentration in the surrounding villages

is well within the prescribed limits.

(iii) Fugitive Dust Emissions

The generation of Fugitive dust emission is/ will be due to dust from unpaved roads in mines

due to trucks/dumpers carrying limestone and/or O.B. from mine face to crusher or dump

yard.

4.2.1.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTION MODELING

Impact Prediction is an important part of Environmental Impact Assessment Study. There are

various techniques available to predict the impacts. Mathematical modeling is an established and

accepted technique for the same.

The present study assesses the impact on air environment due to the Proposed Expansion in

Limestone Production capacity and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine at

Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali

(Rajasthan). This report gives the cumulative peak incremental concentration of Particulate

Matter up to a distance of 10 km from the lease boundary, due to the mining activity. The

concentrations have been predicted in all directions covering all study period. Spatial distributions

of all the pollutants are also presented in the form of Isopleths.

4.2.1.3 EMISSION RATE AS PER MATERIAL HANDLED

The emissions in the present case have been computed using empirical factor given in “Indian

Mining and Engineering Journal”. The details of emissions computed from mining operations are

given below:

Table: 4.1

Emission rate as per material handled

Limestone +Waste + Mineral Reject Million TPA 2.80 + 0.49 + 0.25

Total Working Days Number 300 days

Activity rate t/hr 737

Uncontrolled emission

Emission factor Kg per thousand tonnes 23.6

Emission Rate gm/sec 4.84

Area of influence Sq.m 1835300

Area Source Emission rate gm/sec/Sq.m 0.00000263

Controlled Emissions gm/sec/Sq.m 0.000000877

4.2.1.4 MODELING PROCEDURE

Prediction of incremental ground level concentrations (GLC’s) due to Limestone Mine has been

made by AERMOD version 8.1 as per CPCB guidelines. It is US-EPA approved model for prediction of

the air quality. The model uses rural dispersion and regulatory default options as per guidelines on air

quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). For this study, uniform polar receptors on hilly & undulating

area have been assumed.






Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction, ambient temperature, stability

class and mixing height. The model details are as follows:

4.2.1.5 METEOROLOGICAL DATA

Data recorded at the weather monitoring station on wind speed, direction, and temperature at

one-hour interval for the monitoring period has been used as meteorological input.

4.2.1.6 STABILITY CLASSIFICATION

Hourly stability is determined by wind direction fluctuation method as suggested by Slade (1965) and

recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-1998).

σa = Wdr/6

σa, is standard deviation of wind direction fluctuation, Wdr is the overall wind direction fluctuation or

width of the wind direction in degrees. The table for stability classes is given as under:

Stability Class σσσσa (degree) Stability Class σσσσa (degree)

A > 22.5 D 12.4 – 7.5

B 22.4 – 17.5 E 7.4 – 3.5

C 17.4 – 12.5 F < 3.5

4.2.1.7 DISPERSION PARAMETERS

Dispersion parameters σy and σz for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are used as the project is

located in a rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from

emission sources for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB – PROBES/70/1997-98).

Table 4.2

Rural Conditions

Stability

Class

σσσσy σσσσaz Stability Class σσσσy σσσσaz

A 0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.20x D 0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.06(1+0.0015x).5

B 0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.12x E 0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1

C 0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.08x(1+0.

0002x).5

F 0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1

4.2.1.8 MIXING HEIGHT

Mixing Height is an important parameter to be considered for air quality impact prediction as it

significantly affects the dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere. As site specific mixing heights

were not available, mixing heights based on IMD publication, “Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and

Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India”, has been considered for Industrial Source Complex

model to establish the worst case scenario.






Table - 4.3

Mixing Height

Post-Monsoon Season (October 2017 to December, 2017)

Time (Hours) Mixing Height (m)

0700 100

0800 150

0900 350

1000 610

1100 950

1200 1500

1300 1800

1400 2050

1500 2150

1600 2350

1700 2225

1800 1800

1900 1350 Source: IMD publication, “Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India”

4.2.1.9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Ambient air quality standards promulgated by National Ambient Air Quality Standards for

different areas are as follows:

Table - 4.4

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Area Time Weighted

Average

Concentration (µg/m3)

PM10 SO2 NO2

Industrial Area, Residential Rural and Other

Areas

Annual Average *

24 hours **

60 50 40

100 80 80

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by

Central Govt.)

Annual Average *

24 hours **

60 20 30

100 80 80

4.2.1.10 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS

In the present case, model simulations have been carried out for mining project to obtain an optimum

description of variations in concentration over the site in 10 km radius covering 16 directions.

The incremental concentrations have been estimated based on mathematical emission data-based

modeling. For each time scale, i.e. for 24 hrs, the model computes the maximum GLC observed during

the period over all the measurement points. Existing value has been covered in the Background

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring. The Ground level incremental concentrations are estimated for the

monitoring period. For each time scale, i.e. for 24 hr the model computes the highest

concentrations observed during the period over all the measurement points.

The maximum incremental GLCs due to the mining project for PM10, is superimposed on the

maximum baseline PM10, concentration recorded at the monitoring locations during the field

monitoring period. The maximum incremental GLCs due to the Limestone Mining Project for PM10 is

3.81 µg/m3, for PM2.5 is 1.16 µg/m3, for SO2 is 3.53 µg/m3 & for NO2 is 4.04 µg/m3. Mainly fugitive

emission will be generated from mining operation and emissions generated from mining activities

such as Drilling, blasting, crushing etc. which will be restricted within the lease boundary by using






proper dust suppression measures. Due to the topography and micrometeorological pattern of the

study area, the impacts identified are not cumulative.

The study area experiences moderate values of PM10, however, all the parameters were found

well within the prescribed limits. Due to the inception of mining project in the area, there will be a

slight increase in pollution levels, but the same will be controlled by adopting proper mitigation

measures, as described in the next para.

Table 4.5

Peak Incremental Concentration for Different Scenarios

S.

No. Particular

Concentration (µg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2

1. Monitored Maximum concentrations 81.3 41.7 12.6 20.8

2. Predicted incremental Maximum concentrations 3.81 1.16 3.53 4.04

3. Resultant Maximum concentrations 85.11 42.86 16.13 24.84

4. NAAQS (dated 2009) 100 60 80 80

4.2.1.11 MITIGATION MEASURES

The following mitigation measures are being/ will be adopted to mitigate air pollution generated

due to the mining activities:

Wet drilling with de dusting arrangements are being/will be used.

Controlled blasting by latest blasting technique using shock tube detonator (Down line

detonator in combination with noise less trunk line detonators).

Use of Rock breaker in place of secondary blasting to reduce generation of fly rocks and

ground vibration.

Use of Bag filters & Screening Plant.

Regular water spraying is being/will be done on haul roads & Crusher hopper to arrest dust


Water sprinkling arrangement will be provided at the conveyor belt carrying raw material.

An elevated closed bunker will be provided for collection the dust from dust conveyor.

Construction of wind breaking walls especially at feeding hopper & crushing place.


Proper maintenance (preventive as well as scheduled maintenance) of vehicles is being/ will

be carried out regularly for minimization of generation of gaseous pollutants.



Development of green belt/plantation around mine boundary and all around in the vicinity of

the crusher to tap fugitive dust will be carried out.

Personal Protective Equipment like dust masks are being/ will be provided to all employees.






Figure 4.1: Isopleth showing Maximum GLC of PM10 Due to Mining & transportation Activity






Figure 4.2: Isopleth showing Maximum GLC of PM2.5 Due to Mining & transportation Activity






Figure 4.3: Isopleth showing Maximum GLC of SO2 Due to Mining & transportation Activity






Figure 4.4: Isopleth showing Maximum GLC of NO2 Due to Mining & transportation Activity






4.2.2 IMPACT OF NOISE / VIBRATIONS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.2.2.1 IMPACT OF NOISE ON WORKING ENVIRONMENT

With the mining operations for mine development, blasting, excavation, crushing and

transportation of limestone, it is imperative that noise levels would increase.

However, the expected noise levels are not likely to have any adverse effect from the

occupational health point of view.

1. Noise Generated due to Drilling, Blasting, Excavation, Transportation and Crushing

The noise levels in the working environment are being maintained within the standards

prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).

These standards were established with the emphasis on Noise induced Hearing loss (NHL)

reducing the hearing loss. The permissible limits, as laid down by CPCB, are presented in

following table.

Table 4.6

Permissible Exposure in Cases of

Continuous Noise (CPCB, Govt. of India)

Duration Per Day (hours) Sound Level in dB(A)

8 90

4 93

2 96

1 99

½ 102

Source: CPCB (Govt of India)

2. Noise Generated Due to Blasting

Noise generated from blasting is for a short duration and instantaneous. Noise of blast is site

specific and depends on type, quantity of explosives, dimensions of drill holes, degree of

compaction of explosive in the blast holes.

The noise levels tend to decrease with distance. The impact of noise is/ will be restricted to

mining activity area only, as plantation/ green belt is being/ will be developed around the mine

which restricts the propagation of noise.

3. Noise Impact Analysis on Community

High noise levels will be confined to work zone areas only. It can be seen that noise levels get

diffused rapidly with distance. Noise level in the study area varied from 53.0 to 62.6 Leq dB (A)

during day time and from 43.3 to 49.5 Leq dB (A) during night time. The predicted noise levels

indicate that there will be no significant increment to the ambient noise levels.

In summary, it can be stated that the impact on the present noise levels due to mining

operations will be restricted to the work zone areas only. The impact on the ambient noise

levels is not felt at the settlement areas due to proposed development of greenbelt and

masking effect with the existing noise levels. Hence, the noise levels impact due to mining

operations on community will be insignificant.






4.2.2.2 MITIGATION MEASURES TO REDUCE NOISE LEVEL

The following control measures are being/ will be adopted to keep the ambient noise levels well

below the limits.

Sharp drill bits with wet drilling arrangements.

Controlled blasting by latest blasting technique using shock tube detonator (Downline

detonator in combination with noise less trunk line detonators.)

Use of Rock breaker in place of secondary blasting.

Adequate silencers in HEMM are being/ will be provided to reduce generation of noise.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals is being/ will be

done to reduce generation of noise.

HEMMs equipped with acoustic cabins will be provided for the operators.

Proper maintenance (preventive as well as scheduled maintenance), oiling and greasing of

HEMMs to minimize generation of noise.



Periodical monitoring of noise is being/ will be carried out.

4.2.2.3 IMPACT OF VIBRATION DUE TO BLASTING

Ground vibration, fly rock, noise, dust and fumes are the deleterious effects of blasting operation

on environment. The explosive energy sets up a seismic wave in the ground, which can cause

significant damage to structures and disturbance to human occupants.

When an explosive charge is fired inside the blast hole, it is converted into hot gases, which exert

intense pressure on the blast hole walls. High intensity shock waves propagate radially in all

directions and cause the rock particles to oscillate. This oscillation is felt as ground vibration.

Blasting, in addition to easing the hard strata, generates ground vibrations and instantaneous

noise. Ground vibration from mine blasting is expressed by amplitude, frequency and duration of

blast. The variables, which influence ground vibrations, are controllable and non-controllable. The

non-controllable variables include general surface terrain, type and depth of overburden. Similarly,

the controllable variables include type of explosives, charge per delay, delay interval, direction of

blast progression, burden, spacing, specific charge and coupling ratio.

The oscillation of rock particles is called Particle Velocity and its value is called Peak Particle

velocity (PPV), which is measured in millimeters per second. The standards for safe limit of PPV are

established by Director General of Mines Safety for safe level criteria through Circular No. 7 dated

29/8/1997. The safe level criteria PPV as mentioned in Circular No. 7 of DGMS is presented below:

Table - 4.7

Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (mm/s)

S. No. Type of Structure Dominant Excitation Frequency (Hz)

< 8 Hz 8 - 25 Hz > 25 Hz

A) Buildings/structures not belonging to the owner

1. Domestic houses/structures

(Kuchcha brick and cement) 5 10 15






S. No. Type of Structure Dominant Excitation Frequency (Hz)

< 8 Hz 8 - 25 Hz > 25 Hz

2. Industrial Buildings

(RCC and framed structures) 10 20 25

3. Objects of historical importance and sensitive

structure 2 5 10

B) Buildings belonging to the owner with limited life span

1. Domestic houses/structures

(Kuchcha brick and cement) 10 15 25

2. Industrial buildings

(RCC and framed structures) 15 25 50

Source: DGMS Circular No. 7 dated 29.8.1997

As the distance increases the PPV value is likely to reduce. Following mitigation measures are

being/ will be adopted to combat the ground vibrations due to blasting:

Ground vibrations does not/ will not affect the structures in the vicinity of ML area as blasting

is being/ will be done within the standards prescribed by DGMS for controlled blasting.

Explosive charge per hole and per delay is being/ will be maintained as per the study carried

out by the reputed organization.

Blasting is done in a controlled manner and non-electric shock tube initiating system like

Raydet and Noiseless Trunkline Delays are being/will be used.

Blasting is being/ will be carried out only during day time only.

Total Mining Lease area is 183.53 ha. The Nearest village from the mine site is Village Garh which is

located at an approx distance of 0.7 km in West direction. No village is located with 500 meters

from the mine site. However, regular monitoring of blast induced vibration is being conducted at

mine site by micromate instrument which records all details of vibration caused by blasting. With

the regular monitoring of blast induced vibration, blast parameters have been optimized and

vibration level is as per prescribed limit. Slope and Blasting study has been conducted by IIT, BHU.

Copy of same is enclosed as Annexure XIV with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Some recommendations of the Slope & Blasting Study are as follows:

The blasting needs to be carefully attended in light of existing ground vibration and AOP

levels, which have a definite leaning towards crossing the maximum permissible limit.

Fly rocks appeared to be controlled in the study blasts.

It is recommended that NONEL Initiation System should be continued in the blasting

operations. The Sub grade drilling should be 0.5 m for a blast hole depth of 8 to 9 meter and

explosive should be initiated from the bottom of the hole.

4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.2.3.1 IMPACT ON SURFACE WATER AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The area is devoid of perennial streams/rivers. A few nallas cut their course through alluvial

formations. Following protection measures are being/ will be taken to protect the nallah:

Safety barrier of 45 m on both sides of the Nallah

Construction of earthen bunds on both sides of the Nallah

The ground vibrations generated by blasting during the mining operations are being /will

be kept well within standards prescribed by DGMS for controlled blasting.







detonator in combination with noise less trunk line detonators.) is being/ will be done.

Ground vibrations are being/ will be kept under control by using optimum charge of

explosive per delay.

Regular vibration monitoring of all the blasts is being/ will be done & the maximum PPV is

being/ will be kept within the prescribed limit.

Some Seasonal water bodies i.e. Aguna Bala, Phutiya Bala, Sukri Nadi, Athuna Bala and

Chhoralo Bala are found within 10 km radius of the Mining Lease area. These rivulets which

originate during monsoon, after flowing and then finding their way through the

valleys/depressions, soon lose their run-off in sand within a few kilometers.

Due to semi-arid and climatic conditions, scanty and erratic rainfall, high evaporation and

extreme temperature, there would be no ground seepage in the area.

4.2.3.2 IMPACT OF GROUND WATER AND MITIGATION MEASURES

General Ground level of the mining lease area is 405 m AMSL. According to groundwater

monitoring, Water level in core zone is 370 m AMSL (35 mbgl) and Ultimate working depth of the

mining operation will be 396 m AMSL (9 m bgl). As per the mining details Water table will not be

intersected due to mining activities.

Detailed Hydro-Geological Study has been prepared and same is enclosed as Annexure XI with this

Final EIA/EMP Report.

Moreover, the mineral limestone and associated rocks do not contain any toxic substance.

Therefore, there is no significant impact of mining activities on any source of water.

4.2.3.3 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

Following measures are being/ will be adopted for waste water management:

No waste water will be generated from the mining activities.

Septic tanks and soak pit will be provided for the disposal of domestic waste water generated

from mine office.

Oil- water separator is being/ will be provided at the workshop and treated water is being/ will

be used for equipment washing, dust suppression and plantation etc.

Periodical Ground water level & quality monitoring will be carried out.

4.2.3.4 WATER CONSERVATION MEASURES

A. Water Recycling

The waste water generated recycled back for green belt development and dust suppression

after separation of Oil & Grease content. Thus, ensuring complete utilization of the waste

water.

B. Rain Water Harvesting

Rain Water harvesting Techniques are being/ will be implemented for conservation of

water. This technique recharge/ will recharge the ground water table level of the area.

The rainwater falling directly into the mine pits is being/ will be stored and used for

plantation & dust suppression.






4.2.4 IMPACT ON SOIL / LAND USE PATTERN & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.2.4.1 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT

There is no top soil generation. Hence, there will be negligible impact of mining on soil/ adjacent

land. By adopting efficient dust suppression measures, the contamination of dust can be avoided.

Following measures are being/ will be taken to reduce the impact of mining on adjacent land with

reference to run off, soil erosion and loss of top soil:

Top Soil

There is no top soil to be removed.

Run Off

Garland drains along with Retaining walls having water holes at the toe of temporary dumps

is being/ will be constructed to arrest the washed fines and rolling boulders.

The rainwater falling directly into the mine pits is being/ will be stored and used for plantation

& dust suppression.


Soil Erosion

Up to lease life, total greenbelt/Plantation will be done on 52.75 ha (26.75 ha area on waste

dump & 26 ha area on 7.5 m barrier zone and on virgin area).

The increased green cover will substantially prevent soil erosion.

4.2.4.2 LANDSCAPE AND LAND USE PATTERN

Land use pattern of the lease area during pre-operational, operational and post-operational

phases have been given in following table:

TABLE 4.8

STAGE WISE LAND USE AND RECLAMATION AREA (Ha)

S. No Land Use Category Pre-operational

(Present)

Operational (At the end of

Modified Mining Plan period)

Post Operational (At

the end of life of lease)

1 Top Soil Dump - - -

2 Waste Dump 0.22 8.72 26.75

3A. Excavation (Voids only) 8.92 21.27 77.53

3B. Reclamation (Backfilled) - - -

4 Road 2.25 3.45 1.5

5 Infrastructure 0.3 2.3 2.3

6 Township Area - - -

7 Green belt /Plantation 4.9 8.9 26

8 Mineral Storage - - -

9 Undisturbed area 166.94 138.89 49.45

Total 183.53 183.53 183.53

Source: Approved Modified Mining plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan, page no.44&60






4.2.4.3 RECLAMATION PLAN FOR LAND

Up to lease life, total excavated area will be 77.53 ha. Reclamation of same is not possible by

backfilling since no pit would be formed which may be utilized for filling.

About 26.75 ha area will be covered under waste dump and total greenbelt/Plantation will be

done on 52.75 ha (26.75 ha area on waste dump & 26 ha area around mines office complex,

along the mine boundary on the north-east portions of the lease area and on virgin area).

Total 49.45 ha will remain undisturbed.

Conceptual plan showing impact of change of land use is given as Annexure VC with this Final

EIA/EMP report.

4.2.4.4 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS ON LAND USE PATTERN DUE TO THE MINING ACTIVITY

a) Impact on Core Zone

Total Mining lease area is 183.53 ha which falls at villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura,

Dhaneriya and Kotadiya. Out of total mining lease area, 180.43 ha is Govt. land and

remaining 3.10 ha is private land.

The land use of the lease area will alter from waste land to mining area including

greenbelt, waste dumps etc.

Up to lease life, total excavated area will be 77.53 ha. Reclamation of same is not possible

by backfilling since no pit would be formed which may be utilized for filling.

b) Impact on Buffer Zone:

There will be no change in land use of buffer zone due to Expansion activity.

Awareness for new methodologies of agricultural practices viz. mixed farming, crop

rotation and agricultural cropping pattern suitable for the study area is being/ will also be

carried out under ESC to increase the agricultural productivity of the study area.

Mining activity is being/ will be confined to the mineralized zone and proper pollution

control measures are being/ will be adopted to restrict the pollution load within the active

zone in order to prevent any negative impact on nearby areas. There is/ will be no change

in land use of buffer area. Adequate measures are being/ will be taken to control the

pollutants within active mine area. Therefore, no adverse impact is envisaged in the study

area.

Recommendations:

Greenbelt is being/ will be done on slopes, dump areas so that dust emission impacts can

be minimized on surrounding agriculture fields.

Awareness for new methodologies of the agricultural practices viz. mixed farming, crop

rotation and agricultural cropping pattern suitable for the lease area.

Providing seeds, manure and fertilizers from different sources.

Rainwater harvesting practices are being/ will be encouraged which will lead to ground

water recharge and ultimately increased productivity in the study area.






4.2.5 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The potential impact on socio-economic environment due to this mining project is given in

following heads.

4.2.5.1 POSITIVE IMPACTS

Employment:

Direct and indirect employment opportunities will be generated during proposed expansion in

mining operation and other allied activities. Employment generated by ACL provides a safe

working environment for workers. Preference for employment will be given to locals based on

need, eligibility and qualification.

Community Skills Development:

The local community will be/is being benefitted from the training programmes that will/has been

instituted by ACL to enable the community labour force to work for their livelihood/Self-growth.

This training will improve/has improved their skill sets that not only benefit ACL but also the

community at large during and after the project life.

Improved Standard of Living:

Employment opportunities created by the project will increase income of local community and

therefore improve the overall standard of living in the area.

Economic Exposure and Development:

Implementation of the project will make opportunities for sustainable livelihood, better

infrastructure facilities and services available to the people. This will expose and introduce the

local population to factors of economic development including the banking system, financial

services and credit and investment schemes. The exposure will enable community members to

invest their income and prevent dependency or living a life with a view of “tomorrow will take

care of itself”.

Impact on Civic Amenities

The impact of the proposed limestone project on the civic amenities will be positive. With

improved transportation facilities, educational facilities and other recreational facilities etc. there

will be improvement in civic amenities. The communication facilities will also improve in the area.

4.2.5.2 ADVERSE SOCIAL IMPACT

Health Impacts

The project may trigger negative health impacts through increased dust, creation of breeding

grounds for disease vectors, population influx which might introduce new diseases in the area and

pressure on sanitation facilities.

Livelihood Change

Due to the labour intensity of the mining sector, the project will attract the more able-bodied

persons from the community which in turn will lead to low labour availability in other sectors of






the economy including agricultural, labour intensive jobs etc. project will have insignificant impact

on livelihood change.

Population Growth

This project will not have any substantial impact on the population growth. The proposed

limestone project will generate employment opportunities for the people of nearby villages and

rehabilitated families rendering positive impact on the area on the whole.

4.2.5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES

Mitigation Health Impacts

As mentioned in 4.2.1, the incremental GLCs for various air pollutants will be restricted within the

lease area and the impacts will be negligible on the nearby villages. Nevertheless, Awareness

programmes on health hazards will be conducted to create awareness amongst the employees as

well as the local population. ACL will do CER activities in the area of Health facilities by means of

providing primary health services covering nearby villages through health extenders, in

conjunction with Government and NGOs. The health issues can be monitored and addressed in

this manner. ACL will consider Health facilities under its CER activities.

Health Care Facilities

Proper health care facilities will be provided to the employees of limestone mine along with their

families. The medical facilities in form of primary medical camps will also be extended to local

people in the nearby areas under CER activities.

Managing Loss of Livelihood and Income:

To cushion the population against impacts of mine closure, adequate advance intimation will be

given to employees and contractors to allow them to source alternative opportunities. Skills

development programmes will also be undertaken by ACL to ensure sustainable livelihood for

people of the nearby areas.

4.2.6 IMPACT ON HUMAN SETTLEMENT

Total Mining lease area is 183.53 ha which falls at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and

Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan). Out of total mining lease area, 180.43 ha is

Govt. land and remaining 3.10 ha is private land. Nearest habitation is Village Garh (~0.7 km in West

Direction) from the Mining Lease boundary.

By carrying out detailed geological exploration and computation of reserves and subsequently in

mine planning, maximum effort has been given to keep the village settlements outside by a safe

margin as per the safety provisions. However, Following Protection measures are being/ will be

taken to mitigate the impact of mining activities on nearest habitation:

Mining is being/ will be carried out as per the provisions outlined in Modeified Mining Plan

approved by Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM) as well as by abiding to the guidelines of Director

General Mines Safety (DGMS) and Conditions mentioned in DGMS guidelines are being/ will be

followed strictly.

Controlled blasting is being/ will be carried out to reduce air blast and peak particle velocity in

order to control effect of vibration in the nearby area.






Secondary blasting for reducing the boulder size is being/ will be avoided by using rock

breaker.

All precautions while approaching within 300 meters from the place of blasting are being/ will

be taken to ensure no flying fragments are thrown near habitation.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring and vibration monitoring is being/ will be done.

All measures are being/ will be adopted to control fugitive dust emission during mining

operation and to ensure no impact on nearby habitats.



4.2.7 PUBLIC HEALTH IMPLICATION

As per the survey carried out in the study area, common diseases in the region are Diarrhoea, Viral

fever, Typhoid, Dermatitis, Urinary tract infections, Conjunctivitis, Cataract, Arthritis,

Gastrointestinal disease, malaria etc. None of these can be related to the project and relied

activities of project.


the crusher to tarp fugitive dust will be carried out.

Air quality modelling has been carried out & incremental value, i.e. 3.81 µg/m3 due to mine

within the lease area.

No waste water is being/ will be generated due to mining operations.

Pollution control measures for ambient air, water, noise are being/ will be taken to maintain

within the prescribed standards.

Regular Ambient air quality monitoring, noise monitoring & water quality analysis is being/ will

be done.

Efforts will be made under CER to improve the hygiene, sanitation, education and

infrastructure of the nearby villagers.

All the employees when inducted will be medically examined. Further, they are being/ will also

be medically examined at periodical interval.

4.2.8 IMPACT ON LOCAL TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE

About 9334 Tonnes of limestone per day will be transported from mine site to cement plant.

At present, uncrushed ore is being transported from RAS-I Mine to the crusher located at

RAS-II Mine by Dumpers (aerial distance between RAS-I & Ras-II mine is approx 14 kms) and

then the crushed material is being transported from RAS-II Mine to the Captive Cement Plant

(Aerial distance between RAS-II mine to Captive cement Plant is approx 0.5 km) by the tippers

till the conveyor belt system is made operational.

In future, uncrushed ore will be feed to crusher proposed in this mine, and then crsuhed

limestone will be transported to Cement plant.

Impact prediction due to transportation has been done and same is shown in Fig no 4.1 to 4.4.

Traffic survey has been done as per Indian Roads Congress Guidelines by CSIR, New Delhi.

Copy of report is enclosed as Annexure XII with this Final EIA/EMP Report.






Route map showing transportation from Mine to plan is given below:

4.2.9 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger Reserves, and Wildlife

Corridors etc. within 10 km radius of the mining lease area. One Pagara Block Reserve Forest and

one Protected Forest falls with in 10 km radius study area. Letter along with authenticated

location map has been received from Deputy conservator of Forest, Pali vide letter No./F()

DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018.

Following protection measures are being/ will be taken to protect the Reserved Forest therefore,

mining does not/ will not cause any adverse impact on existing wildlife:

The ground vibrations generated by blasting during the mining operations are being /will be

kept well within standards prescribed by DGMS for controlled blasting.

Ground vibrations will be kept under control by using optimum charge of explosive per delay.

Regular vibration monitoring of all the blasts will be done & the maximum PPV will be kept

within the prescribed limit of DGMS.


detonator in combination with noise less trunk line detonators.) is being/ will be done.

Up to lease life, an area of about 52.75 ha area (26.75 ha area on waste dump & 27 ha area on

7.5 m barrier zone and on virgin area) will be covered under greenbelt/plantation which will

improve the green cover and aesthetic environment of the area.






4.2.9.1 IMPACT ON FLORA

No adverse impact is envisaged on the existing flora, as there will be no deforestation by mining

operation. Plantation is being/ will be developed in the mining lease area as per plantation

programme. These activities help to improve the floral cover of the area. The greenbelt and

plantation development attracts/ will eventually attract micro fauna, birds etc in the area.

Assistance is being/ will be taken from local forest department in selection of species of plants so

that green coverage could improve very fast. The varieties would include those plants, which are

suitable to the area.

4.2.9.2 IMPACT ON FAUNA

Authentication of list of flora & fauna has been obtained from Dy Conservator of Forest vide letter

No./F() DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018. As per authenticated list of flora & Flora and

Field study report, two scheduled –I Species i.e. Monitor lizard (Varanus bengalensis) & Indian

Peafowl (Pavo cristatus) were found within 10 km radius of the Mining Lease area.

Conservation plan for Two schedule I specie i.e. Monitor lizard & Indian Peafowl along with

biological study report has been approved from Dy Conservator of Forest vide letter No./F()

DCF/Survey/2018-19/3681 dated 02.07.2018.

Environment mitigation measures are being/ will be adopted; therefore, mining will not cause any

adverse impact on existing wildlife.

Measures for keeping noise level well within permissible limit are being/ will be taken to prevent

disturbance to wild life. Mine lease area will be fenced for preventing the entry of wildlife into the

mine area.

4.2.9.3 MEASURES FOR MINIMIZING IMPACT ON FAUNA

Following measures will be adopted to minimize the impact of mining on faunal environment of

the area.

Measures are being/ will be taken and environment management plan will be implemented to

curb pollution of air, water, land and noise environment.

Greenbelt development and plantation helps in creating habitats for local faunal species and

to create better environment for various fauna.

Creating and developing awareness for nature and wildlife in the nearby villages.

4.2.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a multidisciplinary field concerned with the safety, health

and welfare of people at work. The goal of occupational safety and health programs includes

fostering a safe and healthy work environment. OHS may also protect co-workers, family

members, employers, customers, and many others who might be affected by the workplace

environment.

Occupational Health & Safety is based on the following three aspects: -

• Hazard identification

• Risk assessment

• Determination of applicable controls






A Hazard Identification and Risk (HIRA) Analysis is a systematic way to identify and analyze

hazards to determine their scope, impact and the vulnerability of the built environment to such

hazards and its purpose is to ensure that there is a formal process for hazard identification, risk

assessment and control to effectively manage hazards that may occur within the workplaces.

Details regarding occupational health hazards as well as mitigation measures have been discussed

as under:

S.

No

Hazards and Sources Anticipated

impacts

Preventive Measures Control Measures

1. Exposure to heat due

to:

Sun exposure

Working

temperature

Dehydration,

Fatigue,

Headache

Training and awareness to

workers

Implementation of safety

standards and awareness.

Adequate drinking water

supply.

Use of HEMM having A.C

cabins.

Onsite emergency preparedness

Rest shelter in M.L. area

Personal Protective Equipment viz.

helmet, boots.


2. Physical hazards due

to :-

Drilling

Blasting related

issues

Slips and falls

Contact with, or

capture in,

moving

machinery

Physical injury Use of reflective jackets and

other PPEs

Implementation of safety

standards and awareness.

Training & education

Advanced drilling & blasting

technique

Personal Protective Equipment viz.

helmet, boots


3. Exposure to Noise &

Vibration due to :-

HEMM

operations

Drilling

Blasting

Transportation

Over

exposure may

lead to

hearing

impairment

HEMMs provided with

ergonomically designed

operator’s cabin

Regular maintenance of

HEMMs

Regular Noise level survey

Use of silencers & mufflers, sound

proof cabins,

Personal hearing protection like ear

plugs/muffs.

Limited/discontinuous exposure to

noise HEMM operations & job

rotation.


4. Exposure to dust due

to :-

Drilling

Balsting

Excavation

Loading

Transportation

Breathing

problem &

lung disorders

Control of dust at generation

point through water/mist

spraying

Maintenance of HEMM’s

Use of HEMM’s having A.C

cabins.

Advanced drilling & blasting

technique

Green belt development

Use of PPEs, as necessary (e.g. dust

masks).


4.2.10.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RELATED DISEASE

The following table depicts the potential effects due to limestone mining.

S NO. EFFECT SYMPTOMS FIRST AID MEASURES

1. Eyes Contact can cause irritation of eyes. Immediately flushing of eyes with generous

amounts of water. Pulling back of eyelid while






flushing to ensure that all limestone dust has been

washed out. Seeking medical attention promptly if

the initial flushing of the eyes does not remove the

irritant. No rubbing of eyes.

2. Skin Contact can cause mild irritation of skin. Brushing off or removing as much dry limestone as

possible. Washing of exposed area with large

amounts of water.

3. Inhalation It can cause mild irritation of the respiratory system.

Long-term exposure may cause permanent damage.

Limestone is not listed by Mine Safety and Health

Administration (MSHA), OSHA, or International Agency

for Research on Cancer (IARC) as a carcinogen.

However, It may contain trace amounts of crystalline

silica in the form of quartz or crystobalite, which has

been classified by IARC as a Group I carcinogen to

humans when inhaled. Inhalation of free silica can also

cause a chronic lung disorder, silicosis.

Moving victim to fresh air. Seeking medical

attention.

4.2.10.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES

Occupational Health and Safety measures result in improving the conditions under which workers

are employed. It improves not only their physical efficiency but also provides protection to their

life. ACL will adopt the following safety measures:

Continuous monitoring for compliance of SOPs.

Pit Safety Committee will be formed and recommendations given by committee will be

implemented.

Awareness for safety and occupational health will be implemented like posters, safety films,

etc.,

Safety clauses in contract order.

To depute Environment Health & Safety team

Medical exam for fitness before employment as per standards in Form P-1 of Mines Rules

1955.

Periodical medical examination as per Mines Rule 1955- will be done every 5 years as per

standards laid down in Form P.

The persons working in dusty environment will be examined every year as per the DGMS

circular No. 01 of 21.01.2010.

All employees will undergo medical examination as per the recommendation of 10th National

Conference of safety in Mines.

Besides that, to avoid any adverse effect on the health of workers due to various pollutants,

sufficient measures relating to safety and health will also be practiced.

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water etc.

Training of employees for use of safety appliances and first aid in vocational training center.

Removal of unsafe conditions and prevention of unsafe acts

Detailed analysis of each and every incident

Periodic inspection by internal and external safety experts

Celebrations of various safety events for awareness






An effective and clearly audible means of giving warning, in case of fire, to every person are

provided at the site. A free passage–way giving access to each means of escape in case of fire

will be maintained for the use of all workers.

Regular maintenance and testing of all equipment as per manufacturers’ guidelines.

Close surveillance of the factors in working environment and work practices which may affect

environment and workers health.

Working of mine will be done as per approved mining plan and environmental plans.

Implementation of comprehensive Hearing Conservation Programs. The hearing conservation

program requires employers to monitor noise exposure levels in a way that accurately

identifies employees exposed to noise at or above 85 decibels (dB) averaged over 8 working

hours, or an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA). Employers must monitor all employees

whose noise exposure is equivalent to or greater than a noise exposure received in 8 hours

where the noise level is constantly 85 dB. Project specific Hearing Conservation Plan to be

prepared covering the aspects of monitoring, testing, evaluation and protection of noise.

All safety measures will be taken which includes the use of safety appliances such as:

Mask for protection from dust (DGMS approved design, dust free disposable facial mask

as per IS: 9473)

Ear Muffs

Safety Helmets

Reflective jackets

Safety Belts

Safety Shoes

Goggles etc.

Availability of Medical facilities for proposed mine and establishment of first aid stations

equipped with first aid boxes in the mine premises.

Conduction of internal audits and evaluation of legal compliance.

In order to ensure adequate implementation of the OHS measures suggested, ACL will adhere to

the pre & periodical medical examination program. Details of the same are given in Chapter X,

Para 10.5 of this Final EIA/EMP Report.

4.3 CONCLUSION

As discussed above, it is safe to say that the project will not cause any significant impact on the

environment of the area, as adequate preventive measures will be adopted to contain various

pollutants generated due to the mining project within permissible limits. Continuous development

of Green belt around the mining lease boundary will minimize the environment pollution and

improve the aesthetic beauty. Further the development of water ponds and greenbelt will remain

useful for local community. The project will also increase employment benefit and revenue to the

Government.

CHAPTER-V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)






CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 GENERAL

Analysis of alternative site helps in selection of best possible site for the project. On one hand it helps

to closeness to the existing infrastructure and on other hand it also helps to minimize the impact of

project on environment.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF SITE

Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and

installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha) at

Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan)

will be within the existing Mining lease area ha to meet the increased demand of the cement of the

Integrated Cement plant which is adjacent to this mine site.

From the nature & extent of the deposit and exploration done in the deposit, adequate reserves of

required quality have been proved with adequate degree of reliability. Therefore, the expansion

project will continue in the existing site.

5.3 ANALYSIS OF TECHNOLOGY

Mining operation is being/ will be carried out by Opencast Mechanized Mining method, utilizing

Heavy Earth Moving Machines (HEMM) in conjunction with drilling & blasting. Loading is being/ will

be done by Hydraulic excavators. Presently, the uncrushed ore is being transported to the crusher of

RAS-II Mine by Dumpers and then the crushed material is being transported to the Captive Cement

Plant by the tippers till the conveyor belt system is made operational.

With the proposal of increased capacity of Limestone Production, it is also proposed to install crusher

and screening Plant system with Limestone storage facility at RAS-I Mine so that the crushed

limestone can be directly transported to the cement plant by tippers.

5.4 CONCLUSION

This Limestone Mine is a captive Mine of ACL. The expansion will be carried out in the existing mining

lease area. The mineral mined at this mine will be used for the manufacture of clinker/cement at the

integrated cement plant. No change in use of mineral is envisaged. Conventional method of

mechanised mining with drilling, blasting, loading by excavators and transportation is adopted. No

Change in site and technology is envisaged.

CHAPTER-VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME






CHAPTER–VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Post Project Monitoring is an essential part to check the impact of project related activity. Hence

monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain

the following:

Status of Pollution within the mine site and in its vicinity.

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

Examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site.

To assess environmental impacts.

Monitoring will be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB. Environmental Monitoring

Programme will be conducted for various environmental components as per conditions stipulated

in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEFCC & Consent to Operate issued by SPCB.

Six monthly compliance reports will be submitted every year to Regional Office by 1st of June & 1st

of December. Quarterly compliance Report for conditions stipulated in Consent to Operate will be

submitted to SPCB on regular basis.

6.2 FORMATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of various

environmental components is necessary. M/s. Ambuja Cements Ltd. (ACL) has an Environmental

Management Cell (EMC) for environmental monitoring and control. The EMC team takes care of

pollution monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures.

A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians are deputed for maintenance, up

keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working at the best of

their efficiencies. The Oraganizational structure of EMC is given in Chapter – X of this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

6.2.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC

The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

Environmental monitoring.

Commissioning of pollution control equipment.

Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control equipment.

Ensuring that standards are maintained.

Developing the green belt.

Ensuring water use is being/ will be minimized.

Implementation Environmental Management Plan.






6.3 MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGIES

6.3.1 INSTRUMENTS TO BE USED

The following instruments are being/ will be used for the environmental monitoring:

1. Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS)

2. Fine Particulate Sampler (FPS)

3. Sound Level Meter

4. Micro Meteorological Station

5. Water level Indicator

6.3.2 MONITORING PROGRAMME

The post project monitoring includes details of any major/ minor impact in the core zone and area

within buffer zone for the following parameters: -

Micro - Meteorological data

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Noise Level Monitoring

Water quality and level monitoring

Medical check-up of the employees.

6.3.2.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE

Details of the Environmental Monitoring schedule, which are undertaken for various

environmental components, are detailed below:

TABLE: 6.1

Post Project Monitoring

S. No. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

1. Ambient Air Quality Twice a Week

2. Water Quality & Level Quarterly

3. Noise Level Monitoring Quarterly

4. Vibration Monitoring Of every blast

5. Stack Monitoring Regular

6.3.3 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED

Post project monitoring will be carried out as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance

Letter issued by MoEFCC, Consent issued by SPCB as well as according to CPCB guidelines. The

mine site is considered as core zone and the area lying within 10 km radius from the mine site is

considered as the buffer zone where some impacts may be observed on physical and biological

environment. In the Buffer zone slight impact may be observed and that too is occasional.

The following table is showing details of Post Project Monitoring programme:






TABLE: 6.2

POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME

Attributes Sampling Measurement Method Test Procedure

A. Air

Environment

Network Frequency

Meteorological

• Wind speed

• Wind direction

• Dry bulb

temperature

• Wet bulb

temperature

• Relative

humidity

• Rainfall

Minimum 1 at

project site

Regularly in

one season

by Weather

Monitoring

Station

Mechanical/automatic

weather station

-

Pollutants

• PM10

4 locations at

Mine Boundary

As per

Revised

National

Ambient Air

Quality

Standards

(NAAQS)

vide MoEF

circular,

dated

16.11.2009

Gravimetric method -

• PM2.5 Gravimetric method -

• SO2 Improved West & Gaeke

method

Absorption in Potassium

Tetra Chloromercurate

followed by Colorimetric

estimation using P-

Rosaniline hydrochloride

and Formaldehyde (IS:

5182 Part - II).

• NO2 Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Na- Arsenite)

Method

Absorption in dill NaOH

and then estimated

colorimetrically with

sulphanilamide and N (I-

Nepthyle) Ethylene

diamine Dihydrochloride

and Hydrogen Peroxide

(IS: 5182 Part 6)

Stack Monitoring

Pollutant

PM

Crusher stack As per CPCB Guide Line and Indian Standard 11255 (1985).

As Per CPCB Guide Line Gravimetric method

B. Water Environment






pH, Turbidity,

Colour, Odour,

Taste,

TDS, Total

Hardness, Calcium

hardness,

Magnesium

hardness, Chloride,

Fluoride, Sulphate,

Nitrates, Alkalinity,

Iron, Manganese,

Set of grab

samples during

pre and post-

monsoon for

ground water

Diurnal and

Season wise

As per IS 10500-2012 Samples for water

quality should be

collected and analyzed

as per :

IS : 2488 (Part 1-5)

methods for sampling

and testing of Industrial

effluents

Standard methods for

examination of water

and wastewater analysis

published by American

Public Health

Association.

C. Noise

Noise levels at Day

& night time -Leq

dB (A)

Mine Boundary,

High noise

generating

areas within the

lease

Quarterly /

Half yearly

As per CPCB norms

As per CPCB norms

6.4 LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS

The location of the monitoring stations are selected on the basis of prevailing micro

meteorological conditions of the area like; Wind Direction & Wind Speed, Relative Humidity,

Temperature. 4-6 AAQM stations are selected to assess the ambient air quality of the area. Noise

level monitoring are carried out on lease boundary & in high noise generating area within the M L

area. Water monitoring locations are decided on the basis of general slope of the area & drainage

pattern. Locations for the post project monitoring are as under.

TABLE: 6.3

LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS

S. NO. DESCRIPTION LOCATION

1. Ambient Air Quality Mine Boundary

2. Noise Level Monitoring Mine Boundary, High noise generating areas within

the Mine boundary

3. Water Level & Quality Nearby Ground water sources

6.5 DATA ANALYSIS

Monitoring data analysis will be done by MoEF CC approved laboratory as per CPCB guidelines &

timely submitted to concerned authority (specified in Environment Clearance Letter issued by

MoEFCC, New Delhi and Consent issued by CPCB) on regular basis.






6.6 DETAILED BUDGET

The budget proposed for this Expansion in Limestone Production capacity is as follows:

Capital Cost of the Project: Rs. 85 Crores /-

Capital Cost for EMP: Rs. 7.0 Crores /-

Recurring Cost for EMP: Rs. 50 Lacs/annum/-

Table - 6.4

EMP Cost Breakup (Rs. in Lac)

S.

No. Particulars

Capital cost Annual recurring cost

Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total

1. Pollution Control - 640 640 12 20 32

2. Pollution Monitoring

50 50 0.5 1.0 1.5

3. Occupational Health - - - 0.5 1.0 1.5

4. Green Belt/Mine/Workshop - 10 10 08 05 13

5. Reclamation / Rehabilitation of

mined out area - - - - 2 2

6. Others (Specify) - - - - - -

Total - 700 700 21.0 29.0 50.0

CHAPTER-VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES






CHAPTER-VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 INTRODUCTION

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006, as amended on time to time, Ministry of

Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi has suggested Terms of References

(ToRs) for the preparation of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report and

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) vide their letter no. J-11015/82/2017-IA.II (M) dated

September 28th, 2017.

The following Additional Studies were carried out in reference to the additional Terms of

References:

Public Consultation

Hydro-geological Study & Rain Water Harvesting Plan

Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public Hearing for Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA

to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94,

ML Area- 183.53 ha) at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya, and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran,

District- Pali (Rajasthan) of M/s. Ambuja Cements Ltd was conducted on 25.10.2018 at 11:00 am at

Atal Sewa Kendra, Gram Panchayat, Kudki, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District Pali, State Rajasthan. Details of

the Public Hearing Proceedings are appended herewith.

Particular Description

Advertisement for Public Hearing

Date of Advertisement in Newspapers

Name of Newspapers

19.09.2018

(“Dainik Navjyoti” and “The Times of India”)

Date/Time of Public Hearing 25th October, 2018 at 11:00 AM

Venue Atal Sewa Kendra, Gram Panchayat, Kudki, Tehsil- Jaitaran,

District Pali, State Rajasthan

Members

I. Shree Sudhir Kumar Sharma, District Collector, Pali.

II. Mr. Amit Sharma, Regional Officer, Rajasthan State

Pollution Control Board.






7.2.1 PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE FOR LIMESTONE MINE PUBLISHED IN NEWSPAPER “DAINIK

NAVJYOTI” AND “THE TIMES OF INDIA” DATED 19TH SEPTEMBER, 2018

“DAINIK NAVJYOTI”

“THE TIMES OF INDIA”

FIG. 7.1: COPY OF THE NEWSPAPER CUTTING






7.2.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING

FIG. 7.2: PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE PUBLIC HEARING






7.2.3 PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS






7.2.4 ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS

Proceedings of Public hearing held on 25.10.2018 for obtaining Environmental Clearance for

Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA

and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53ha)

at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali, State

Rajasthan of Ambuja Cement Ltd. (ACL).

Public hearing was conducted on 25.10.2018 in the morning at 11:00 am in chairmanship of Shree

Sudhir Kumar Sharma, District Collector, Pali at Atal Sewa Kendra, Gram Panchayat, Kudki, Tehsil-

Jaitaran, District Pali, State Rajasthan in compliance of order no. General/2018/5742 dated

14/09/2018 by District Office Collector as per the provision of EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006

issued by MoEFCC, Government of India for obtaining Environmental Clearance for Proposed

Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and

installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha)

located at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali

(Rajasthan) of M/s. Ambuja Cement Ltd. (ACL).

Details of the people present at the Public Hearing with their signatures are enclosed with public

hearing proceeding. Advertisement for the Public Hearing was published in newspapers i.e.

“Dainik Navjyoti” and “The Times of India” on 19.09.2018. Copy of the same is enclosed with

public hearing Proceeding.

By initiating the proceeding of public hearing Mr. Amit Sharma, Regional Officer, Rajasthan State

Pollution Control Board, did welcome of all the guests and apprised the requirement/process of

Public hearing of EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006 issued by MoEFCC, Government of India and

with permission of District Collector Sir invited the representative of M/s. Ambuja Cement Limited

for detailed presentation regarding the project.

Shree Sudhir Kumar Sharma, District Collector, Pali said that the project proponent should

participate in the developmental activities of the nearby villages and active contribution in the

public interest schemes of State Government. He said that from 06th October, 2018 Code of

conduct has been applied so neither any person will talk regarding any party nor speech.

Therefore, keeping these things in mind, suggest your opinions related to this Public hearing.

By giving detailed information of project, Shri Satish Saini, Deputy Manager of the company

provided the Executive summary description regarding the proposed expansion in RAS I

Limestone mine and gave the detailed information of the proposal through power point

presentation. Shri Saini apprised about the possible impacts on the Water, Air & Soil environment

and adequate Environment Management Plan. He also committed to keep the possible pollutants

under the prescribed standards of Pollution Control Board.

Shri Satish Saini told that Ambuja Company works on water conservation & bio mass etc. Its

cement production capacity is 36 lac tons.

After finishing of presentation Regional Officer, Rajasthan Pollution Control Board, Pali with the

permission of District Collector, Pali, invited the public to give their objection/suggestion/ opinion.

Details of the suggestion/objection/opinions given by the present public are as followed –






1. Smt Neelam Devi, Sarpanch Kurki appreciated the work done by the Ambuja Company. She

said that Ambuja Company is doing good work for water conservation, fencing of farms and

sanitation etc. and will do the same in future also.

2. Shri Harendra Singh, Ex-Sarpanch of Village- Kurki expressed gratitude to all. He appreciated

the work done by the company. He requested that in their area many people are educated,

they should be provided employment. Also, he said that the way company is helping us we

should support the company as well. He said that company should give donation in Kurki

Goushala like as company supported to Kotdia Gaushala.

3. Shri Naurat mal Prajapat R/o Village Kurki said that if the expansion in the lease takes place

then our sheep, goats & cattle will face problem during grazing and it causes danger to

environment. He said that he has no objection with installement of crusher.

4. Shri Nathu Ram Choudhary R/o Village Kurki, said that Ambuja Company has done appreciable

work related to environment, water conservation, water for cattle, education, sanitation and

construction of shades. Construction of Ramp, C.C. & Grewal Road was done by company

which facilitated transportation. Company has done dense plantation, quality seed yeilded to

farmers and many other good works has been done, above mentioned works should be

continued in future so that our confidence for company will increase.

5. Shri Ramdev Prajapat said that in this area the rooms in hospitals are full of dirt and no

cleaning is there.

6. Shri Ladu Singh, Sarpanch of Village Bhumbaliya said that the mines fall within 4 km of the

village Dayalpura & Kathmor, but no work is done for our panchayat and donation should be

given to our Gaushala also.

7. Shri Hardev Ram Gurjar, R/o Village Kurki said that construction of road in village

Bakhtawarpura is being done in grazing land. Also he said that he has no objection with

proposed project but the lease area should not be expanded.

8. Shri Kamal Kishor parashar, R/o Village Kurki said that Ambuja Cement made a road in my farm

falling in Khasra No 921 and divided my farm in two parts and not informed anybody.

9. Shri Vishnaram Gurjar, R/o Village Manpura told that obligations of Shri Kamal Kishor parashar

are baseless and company has done good work by constructing road which facilitated

transportation for people.

10. Shri Manohar Singh Shekhawat, R/o Village Kotadiya said that the schemes launched by the

government and on which work get done, those schemes does not reaches to us and we did

not get benefit of Government facilities. In village, most of the people are depended on

agriculture. Ambuja cement foundation provided furniture like chair & table, which was not in

the school and construction of toilets were also done by company along with it, agriculture

was also improved. Water level of the village has increased by deepening of ponds under

water conservation. Shri Shekhawat requested and said that people in the village are very

poor so if company recruit the workers then local people shall be preferred and this will be

kept in mind that no worker from outside will be hired.

11. Shri Shivraj Gurjar also told the obligations raised by Shri Kamal Kishor parashar are baseless.






12. Shri Surya Prakash Pareek, R/o Village Dhaneriya said that least work done in the Kekindada

Village Panchayat. Developmental works should also be done in our village and also

employment should be provided to people in our village.

13. Shri Praveen Kumar Viashnav said that donation should be given to Gaushala. Not a single

person gets employed from village Dhaneriya whereas mining work is being done in the area

of Dhaneriya Village. People of Dhaneriya village should be provided employment.

14. Shri Durgaram kumawat, R/o Village Kekdinadada told that the construction of the bridge and

road was immediately done by ambuja cement foundation which was not done by anybody

since last 70 years. He appreciated the work done by Ambuja Cement Foundation; also he said

that wherever we requested Ambuja, we received support. He suggested that work shall not

be in a one hand, employment should be given to everyone.

15. Shri Gopal Nath, R/o Village Kurki appreciated the work done for deepening of well by Ambuja

Cement Foundation, also he suggested to increase the funds for construction of Tankas.

16. Shri Ramratan Khileri said that we do not object if Ambuja operates and work will be done

safeguarding the environment. Inform to us after discussing the donation for Gaushala.

17. Shri Hiralal Bhati said that it is our fortune that Ambuja cement plant is situated in this area

and he thanked the management of Ambuja for developing his village by providing

employment opportunities, for women safety, by constructing door to door toilets,

benefitted by constructing tankas for water and also provided donation for Gaushalas. He

told that company has benefitted the farmers by providing quality seeds at reasonable price,

fencing of contours have resolved the issue of soil erosion and villagers expects that these

activities will be continued in future also.

18. Shri Mangu Ram said that river erosion is taking place at Neelkanth Mahadev Mandir which

should be repaired.

19. Shri Jivan Ram Jat resident Village Kurki said that Ambuja has done great work for our

farmers. I am benefitted of biomass and tanka construction facility from Ambuja Foundation.

20. Shri Madan Babri, R/o Village Kurki said that it is not in our knowledge that Ambuja gives

medicines, fertilizers to poor people.

21. Shri Mohan Lal Harijan, R/o Village Kurki said that arrangement of fodder for cattle should be

done and stray cows should be taken care off.

22. Shri Ram Singh, R/o Village Sewariya said that notice is given to us by Ambuja company for the

purchase of the land, which should not be done and do not disturb us. If they want to

purchase the land then management should direct contact the farmers. Dust blows due to the

movement of dumpers on road, so water sprinkling should be done.

23. Smt Lakhu Bagrani said that Ambuja Cement have not done anything for us. We purchase

water for drinking and there are no roads, no houses and nobody give 5 kg grain from the

ration.

24. Shri Bhanwar Singh Bhati, R/o Village Kotadiya said to Collector Sir, “I want to express the

reality that poor people did not get anything. No work has been done for poor people as part

of Public welfare. Only 5-10 people from each Panchayats getting benefitted from foundation.






Nothing is being done for poor people. No one is listening to the poor. Foundation should

check the background of the person before providing the facility him. He told that Kurki-Ras

Road is damaged. It takes 4 hours to travel 12 km.

25. Shri Ganesh Das, Electrician said that I got hired for plumbing work through Foundation,

which I have completed but I have not received the complete payment for the work.

26. By answering the questions raised by the public regarding the developmental activities in the

area, Vice President Shri Manoj Agrawal replied that community work are for all but some

people are getting benefitted or some not. The people who get benefited thorugh Ambuja

can be approached and inspected. Our system for selection is transparent which is mediated

through Panchayat. There is no partiality. All payments have made on their names or in the

name of women and we do not provide manure at all. We just help people by providing seeds

for vegetable to the poor people.

27. Unit head of Ambuja Cement, Shri G.V Ramakrishna also replied to the questions raised by the

public regarding the developmental activities in the area and said that many people shared

their views some in against of the project and some in favor; if any mistake has been done by

us it will be rectified. Information of this public hearing was published in National

Newspapers. He said that I will tell you one thing that we are not purchasing the land, we will

work only on the lease which is granted by the state government to us. We will fulfill all the

work which we have to do in the lease. Ambuja Cement will support through Ambuja Cement

Foundation wherever needed also we assure to resolve the problem of roads and water

facility etc. he told that we completely follow the government orders and will also do the

same in future. About the employment to local villagers he told that we have hired local

peoples in the category we needed local employees. Highly skilled peoples are hired from

outside which is essential for smooth operation of the mines. Further he added that we will

provide possible support for donation of Gaushala. Construction of road from Ras to Sewariya

is going to be started very soon. Transportation issues will not be there after that and we will

do all the work required for environment.

In the end Shri Amit Sharma Regional Officer, Rajasthan Pollution Control Board, Pali thanked all

the people present there.

Signed by

(Amit Sharma) (Sudhir kumar Sharma)

Rajasthan Pollution Control Board, Pali (Raj.) District Collector & Magistrate, Pali(Raj.)





7.2.5 ACTION PLAN TO IMPLEMENT THE COMMITMENTS MADE DURING PUBLIC HEARING

S. No Issues raised during PH Reply/Action Plan Budgetary Allocation

1 Employment (S. No in PH: 2, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17, 25)

• People should be provided employment (Village Kurki)

• People in the village are very poor so if company recruit the

workers then local people shall be preferred and this will be

kept in mind that no worker from outside will be hired.

(Village Kotadiya)

• People should be provided employment (Village Dhaneria)

• Not a single person gets employed from village Dhaneriya

whereas mining work is being done in the area of Dhaneriya

Village. People of Dhaneriya village should be provided

employment. (Village Dhaneria)

• People should be provided employment (Village Kekdinadada)

• At present, company has provided employment

to 29 persons. After expansion total man power

will be 70 persons.

• Indirect employment will also be generated due

to mining activities.

• Company has hired local peoples in the

category based on the skill basis. Highly skilled

peoples are hired from outside which is

essential for smooth operation of the mines.

• Company has set-up and running a “Skill &

Entrepreneurship Development Institute” at

Jaitaran. Our training expenses for skill

development is about Rs. 15,000/- per person.

We will conduct the youth mobilization camps

& promote the youth to be get enroll in our Skill

Development Center (Min qualification 10th).

We will also help the trained youth to get the

gainful employment..

Skill Development:

Rs. 15,000/- per person.

I got hired for plumbing work through Foundation, which I have

completed but I have not received the complete payment for the

work.

We have discussed the issue with Gram Panchayat

and found this is a false case.

-

2. Water related (S. No in PH: 1, 4, 10, 15, 17, 18, 19, 23)

• Ambuja Company is doing good work for water conservation, The similar work of Water Resources Development Rs 40.0 Lakhs





water for cattle.

• Water level of the village has increased by deepening of ponds

under water conservation.

• Work done for deepening of well by Ambuja Cement

Foundation also suggested to increase the funds for

construction of Tankas.

• Public benefitted by constructing tankas for water.

• We purchase water for drinking.

• River erosion is taking place at NeelkanthMahadevMandir

which should be repaired.

and management will continue as per the need of

the area.

3. Social Welfare (S. No in PH: 2, 4, 6, 12, 13, 16, 19, 24, 21)

• Company should give support in KurkiGoushala like as

company supported to Kotadia Gaushala.

• Support should be given to our Gaushala in Village Bhumbaliya

• Support should be given to Gaushala in Village Dhaneriya

• Arrangement of fodder for cattle should be done and stray

cows should be taken care off.

Company will provide possible support for Gaushala

maintenance in the area. As per our practice, The

work will be done as per the request & consultation

of concern gram panchayat.

Budget Rs. 5.0 Lakh

Company has benefitted the farmers by providing quality seeds at

reasonable price through Ambuja Cement Foundation.

The same kind of interventions for agro-based

livelihood will be continuing through Ambuja

Cement Foundation in the area.

Budget Rs. 10.0 Lakh

No work has been done for poor people as part of Public welfare.

Only 5-10 people from each Panchayats getting benefitted from

foundation. Foundation should check the background of the

person before providing the facility him.

In addition of the Gram Panchayat, ACF is also

working through the village development

committees (VDC) where every community

members is part of the VDC. ACF is organizing the

regular VDC meetings and as per the need &

recommendation the VDC, undertake any kind of

development work in the villages. However, there is

-





another stakeholder’s platform like Community

Advisory Panel the any community members can

attend and suggest for the activities.

4. Health & Sanitation (S. No in PH: 1, 4, 5)

Ambuja Company is doing good work for sanitation

Ambuja Cement has done work for women safety

The same kind of interventions for Sanitation &

Women safety work will be continue through

Ambuja Cement Foundation in the area.

Rooms in Government hospitals (Kurki) are full of dirt and no

cleaning is there.

This is the government hospital and Gram

Panchayat will take care of it.

5. Land related issues (S. No in PH: 3, 22)

If the expansion in the lease takes place then our sheep, goats &

cattle will face problem during grazing.

Total mining lease area is 183.53 ha out of which

180.43 ha.is Govt. waste land. No grazing land

involved in lease area. So, there will be no impact on

cattle with this expansion project

We will not expand lease area and we will restrict

our working witin the current allocted lease (ML).

-

Notice is given to us by Ambuja company for the purchase of the

land, which should not be done and do not disturb us. If they want

to purchase the land then management should direct contact the

farmers.

We are not purchasing the land; we will work only

on the lease which is granted by the state

government to us.

6. Impact on Environment (S. No in PH: 3, 16, 22)

If the expansion in the lease takes place then it causes danger

to environment.

We do not object if Ambuja operates and work will be done

safeguarding the environment.

Dust blows due to the movement of dumpers on road, so

water sprinkling should be done.

We will not expanding lease area however we will

work only within allocated 183.53 ha. Area.

Following protection measures are being adopted

to protect the environment:

Wet drilling with de-dusting arrangement is

EMP Cost

Capital Cost Rs. 7.0 Crores

Recurring Cost for EMP: Rs. 50

Lacs/annum





being/ will be used.

Water sprinkling is being/will be done time to

time for suppression of dust, if any

Development of green belt/plantation around

mine boundary and all around in the vicinity of

the crusher to tap fugitive dust will be carried

out

Regular monitoring will be done as per the

rules.

7. Education (S. No in PH: 4, 10)

Ambuja Company has done appreciable work related to education. Company will continue the similar intervention

related to the education in the area.

Ambuja cement foundation provided furniture like chair & table,

which was not in the school and construction of toilets were also

done by company

We thank the school management and will continue

the similar kind of work in future too.

8. Infrastructure Development(S. No in PH: 4, 7, 10, 14, 17, 23, 24)

Ambuja Company has done appreciable work related to

construction of shades, Construction of Ramp, C.C. & Grewal Road.

Thanks for the community for this appreciation

• Construction of road in village Bakhtawarpura is being done in

grazing land.

• Ambuja Cement made a road in my farm falling in Khasra No

921 and divided my farm in two parts and not informed

anybody.

The issue was replied by the Gram Panchayat

Sarpanch during the PH only. The land was belongs

to Gram Panchayt only.

• Company has done good work by constructing road which

facilitated transportation for people.

• Construction of the bridge and road was immediately done by

ambuja cement foundation which was not done by anybody

Thanks for the community for this appreciation





since last 70 years.

• Ambuja Cement constructed door to door toilets.

• There are no roads, no houses for us.

• Kurki-Ras Road is damaged. It takes 4 hours to travel 12 km.

The renovation of Kurki road has already been

approved by government and work will start soon.

We will follow-up with the government to start the

work As soon as possible.

9. Plantation (S. No in PH: 4)

Company has done dense plantation. Thanks for your support.

10. Others (S. No in PH: 10, 23)

Schemes launched by the government and on which work get

done, those schemes does not reaches to us and we did not get

benefit of Government facilities.

Nobody give 5 kg grain from the ration

This issue is not related to our mining project. -






7.3 HYDRO-GEOLOGICAL STUDY & RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN

Detailed hydro-geological study has been done and copy of same is enclosed as Annexure XI with

this Final EIA/EMP Report.

7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.4.1 DEFINITION

A major emergency in a work is one, which has the intensity to cause serious injury or loss of life. It

may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption both inside and outside the work.

It would normally require the assistance of emergency services to handle it effectively.

Emergency may be caused by a number of different factors; it will normally manifest itself in two

basic forms viz fire, explosion or toxic release.

Mining equipment carries on-board fire fighting devices and are equipped with automatic fire

extinguishers. A mobile service van takes care of maintenance operations and a mobile diesel

tanker supplies fuel to the machinery. Personal protective equipment like safety helmets, safety

shoes, safety belts, goggles, dust respirator, gloves and earmuffs etc. are also regularly used by

workers during mining operations. A security check post has been created and entry of

unauthorized persons is prohibited.

Mine Personnel are regularly provided adequate training pertaining to likely safety hazards in

mining and plant operations. The company organizes and participates in Plant and Mines safety

week, Mines Environment and Mineral Conservation Week, etc. from time to time. The latest

developments are discussed on such occasions and their implementation programs are chalked

out.

7.4.2 SCOPE

An important element of mitigation is emergency planning i.e. recognizing that accidents are

possible, assessing the consequences of such accidents and deciding on the emergency

procedures, both on site and off site that would need to be implemented in the event of an

emergency.

Emergency planning is just one aspect of safety and cannot be considered in isolation.

7.4.3 OBJECTIVE

The purpose the emergency plan is to create alertness and awareness among the personnel so

that emergency situations can be effectively controlled, thereby reducing the damage to the

plant, personnel and surrounding population or the environment. The objectives of the On Site

Emergency Plan are:

To contain and ultimately control the incident, reduce rescue time.

To minimize damage to property, personnel and environment.

To give treatment and secure the safe rehabilitation of the affected person.

To speed up the rescue operation

To safe guard other personnel in the premises.

To inform and assist relatives of the affected persons.

To inform the press media and statutory authorities, if so required.






To preserve relevant records and equipment for subsequent investigation of the causes and

circumstances of emergency.

To take step to prevent recurrence and

To restore normalcy.

7.4.4 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS

The possibility of the following may be there for such projects:

(a) Fire associated with storage of combustible material, lubricants, oil. Fire in magazine premises

and nearby area.

(b) Accidents in the mine

To deal with the above emergencies, the Emergency Plan is prepared.

7.4.4.1 DISASTER DUE TO SURFACE FIRE

The fire could be a surface fire. Such case has so far not been reported. Likewise equipment

sometimes catches fire which needs to be dealt.

Code of Practice in Case of Fire at Mines

Objective:

To deal with fire efficiently and quickly at different locations of mine.

Source of Fire:

i) Electrical Sub Station.

ii) Oil & Lubricant Room.

iii) Mine machineries.

Line of Action:

i) Sufficient fire extinguishers will be installed at selected locations on site. Besides, numbers of

water hydrants with sufficient length of hosepipes will be made available at the surface for

fire protection.

ii) Any person when notices any sign of fire shall immediately take steps to give warning by

blowing the siren continuously and take steps to extinguish the fire by using appliances

available near the site.

iii) Duties of Primary Controller: - The Primary Controller after receiving the warning will

forthwith inform at following places:

a) Fire Fighting Station

b) Security Gate

c) Section In charge (Communication Officer)

d) Shift In charge (Accident Controller)

e) Head of Department (Site Controller)

After intimating he should reach the spot, remove Men & Machinery and take steps to tackle the

fire in accordance with the fire fighting instructions. Inform the security office to get an

Ambulance if required.






Duties of Fire Fighting Team: - On receiving warning, the team shall reach the site of fire and

depending on its nature, class and extent shall take steps to extinguish it and rescue persons who

may be caught in fire.

7.4.4.2 EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION

The key person of the mines will be responsible for co-ordination in case of emergency situated in

any section of the mine are given below:

Person Responsibility

Mines Manager Site Contorller

Shift Incharge / Section In Charge Accident Controller/ Communication Officer

Employee who gives the first information

about the incident/ accident

Primary Controller

P & A Department (HOD) Liasion Officer

7.4.4.3 KEY PERSONNEL AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITY

The appointment of all the key personnel i.e. Site Controller, Accident Controller/Communication

Officer, Primary Controller and Liaison Officer will be taken up after the execution of mining lease

and will be intimated to IBM and other concerned authorities as per statute.

(i) Site Controller

The Site Controller has an overall responsibility for controlling the incident/ accident and

directing the personnel.

To prepare a foolproof plan for control of accident like, landslides, subsidence, flood, fire

and other natural calamities

To inform statutory bodies of the State and Central Government.

To inform Communication Officer about the emergency, Control Centre and assembly

point.

To provide all assistance and call for Fire Squad, Security Officer and other services

required for removing/ control of danger.

To ensure that all necessary personnel assemble at assembly point.

Make arrangements for medical treatment to the personnel injured

(ii) Accident Controller

Mock rehearsal of management plan prepared for accident.

To withdraw men/ machines from the affected area with priority for safety of personnel,

minimize damage to the machines, environment and loss of material.

To make a report based on the facts and figures and submit to the Site Controller

To communicate to the Site in charge and make arrangement for transportation of the

injured personnel.

(iii) Primary Controller

To inform the Accident Controller/ shift In-charge from the nearest means of

communication about the location and the nature of accident.






To assist in clearing any obstruction in relief of accident. To carry out all instructions of

Accident Controller.

To provide first aid treatment and communicate to the Shift in charge.

7.4.4.4 CODE OF PRACTICE IN CASE OF EXPLOSION & ACCIDENTS

Objective

To deal with accidents efficiently and quickly.

Line of Action

Any person, who notices any explosion or accident, should immediately take steps to give warning

by suitable means and at the same time take necessary action for withdrawal of men from the

site. He shall also inform the Mines Owner and other officials without any delay.

Duties of Head of Department (Site Controller) & Shift In charge (Accident Controllre):

a) On receipt of information about explosion or accident, site controller and accident controller

shall forthwith rush to the spot shall make the arrangements for withdrawal of affected

persons, if any.

b) Inform the security officers and statutory bodies of State and Central Government.

c) Inform the hospital for Ambulance for affected persons, if any.

d) Provide First aid to affected persons.

7.4.4.5 ACTION IN EMERGENCY

If any emergency like fire arises in the mine one should immediately inform Security Supervisor

and inform the key personnel and act as detailed above and blow the Alarm. The emergency alarm

will be wailing sound for two minutes on hearing telephone or alarm; the key personnel will act as

per responsibilities. The procedure for all emergency situations as mentioned above would be

same.

7.4.4.6 SITE RESTORATION

The incident controller will check the areas thoroughly for possible hazards such as toxic fumes or

live wires after emergency and will inform site controller accordingly.

The key personnel will meet to evaluate their individuals and overall performance in responding to

situation after the emergency is over. The review shall determine.

Effectiveness of emergency response plan.

Mine crew performance.

Any need for updating or revision of the emergency response plan.

Suitable arrangement for restart of the work.

Evaluation and control of efficient arising out of mitigating measures like foam discharge &

overflow of oil in water.

Rehabilitate evacuated area.

Adopt measures to prevent similar recurrence.






7.4.4.7 PRECAUTIONS

To avoid all these disasters at working place and to minimize their effects following precautions

shall be taken and arrangement shall be made at the working place.

(i) Periodical maintenance of mine machineries.

(ii) The persons shall be trained properly to handle the situation.

(iii) Detailed warning system, implementation procedure, emergency control centre shall be

maintained at the mine with names of trained persons.

(iv) Details and availability of heavy machinery, fire-fighting equipment shall be available at the

site.

(v) Proper arrangements shall be made for treatment of injured person, if any.

All the safety equipment shall be available at the mine.

7.4.4.8 POST DISASTER ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION

When the emergency is over, the team will carry out a detailed analysis of cause of

accident/occurrence, evaluate the influence of various factors and find out the procedures to

minimize them in future. At the same time adequacy of disaster management plan shall be

evaluated and shortcomings shall be rectified to improve the plan.

7.4.5 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLANNING

7.4.5.1 INTRODUCTION

The off-site emergency plan is an integral part of any hazard control system. It would be based on

those accidents identified by the works management, which could affect people and the

environment outside the works. Thus, the off-site plan follows logically from the analysis that took

place to provide the basis for the on-site plan and the two plans should, therefore, complement

each other. The key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is flexibility in its application to

emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the plan. The roles of the

various parties that may be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan are described below.

The responsibility for the off-site plan will be likely to rest either with the works management or

with the local authority.

Either way, the plan must identify an emergency coordinating officer who would take overall

command of the off-site activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control center will be

required within which the emergency coordinating officer can operate. An early decision will be

required in many cases on the advice to be given to people living “within range” of the accident –

in particular whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoors. Consideration of evacuation

may include the following factors:

a. In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only houses

close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require

this to be reviewed periodically.

b. But if the fire escalates it might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is

time; if insufficient time exists, people would be advised to stay indoors and shield

themselves from the fire while measures are taken by those outside to douse fire






7.4.5.2 ASPECTS TO BE INCLUDED IN AN OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Some of the aspects to be included in off-site emergency plan are as follows:

a) Organization

Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency

control centers, name and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their

deputies and other key personnel.

b) Communications

Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, list of

telephone numbers.

c) Special Emergency Equipment

Details of availability and location of heavy lifting gear, bulldozers, specified fire-fighting

equipment, fireboats.

d) Voluntary Organizations

Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources, etc.

e) Meteorological information

Arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at the time and weather

forecasts will be made.

f) Humanitarian Arrangements

Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid,

ambulances, temporary mortuaries.

g) Public Information

Arrangements for: -

(i) Dealing with the media-press office

(ii) Informing relatives, etc.

h) Assessment

Arrangements for: -

(i) Collecting information on the causes of the emergency

(ii) Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

7.4.5.3 ROLE OF THE EMERGENCY COORDINATING OFFICER

The various emergency services will be coordinated by an Emergency Coordinating Officer (ECO)

who is likely to be a senior police officer but, depending on the circumstances, could be a senior

fire officer. The ECO will liaise closely with the site main controller. Again depending on local

arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the

external control may pass to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator

appointed by the Central or State Government.






7.4.5.4 ROLES OF MAJOR HAZARD MANAGEMENTS

Where the local authority has the organization to formulate the plan, the role of management in

off-site emergency planning will be to establish liaison with those preparing the plans and to

provide information appropriate to such plans. This will include a description of possible on-site

accidents with potential for off-site harm, together with their consequences and an indication of

the relative likelihood of the accidents.

Advice should be provided by works managements to all the outside organizations which may

become involved in handling the emergency off-site and which will need previously to have

familiarized themselves with some of the technical aspects of the works activities, e.g. emergency

services, medical departments, etc.

7.4.5.5 ROLE OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY

In some places the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. They may have

appointed an emergency planning officer (EPO) to carry out all this duty as part of the EPO’s roles

in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO

will need to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan.

Rehearsals for off-site plans are important for the same reasons as on-site plans and will need to

be organized by the EPO.

7.4.5.6 ROLE OF THE POLICE

The police normally assume the overall control of an emergency, with a senior officer designated

as emergency coordinating officer.

Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and

controlling traffic movements.

The functions include controlling bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and

dealing with casualties and informing relatives of dead or injured.

7.4.5.7 ROLE OF THE FIRE AUTHORITIES

The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take

over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire

brigade officer may also have a similar responsibility for other events. Fire authorities having

major hazard works in their area should have familiarized themselves with the location on site of

all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points and fire-fighting equipments.

7.4.5.8 ROLE OF THE HEALTH AUTHORITIES

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances and so on, have a vital part

to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of any emergency plan.

For major fires, injuries will be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree

and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all, but extreme, cases may be generally

available in most hospitals.






7.4.5.9 ROLES OF THE GOVERNMENT SAFETY AUTHORITY

The Inspectors of Director General of Mines Safety may want to satisfy themselves that the

organization responsible for including the off-site plan has made adequate arrangements for

handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies.

In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will

apply. In the aftermath, factory inspectors may wish to ensure that the affected areas are

rehabilitated safely.

As per Risk Assessment studies the possibility of “Offsite” emergency situation is ruled out as the

mine is not likely to pose any off-site emergency, hence does not call for any preparation of an off-

site emergency plan. Further the residential quarters and living area are in the plant premises

close to the mine. However, considering extreme situation, District authority including police

would be informed about any offsite emergency, if situation so arises.

The place and addresses of the nearest Fire station, Police station, Hospital, etc. are as given

below:

S. No. Place Phone no.

1. District Magistrate, Pali Phone: (02939) 252801

2. Fire station, Jaitaran, Pali Phone: 101

3. Police Station, Ras, Pali Phone: (02939) 273115

4. Government Hospital, Ras, Pali Phone: (02939) 273055

7.4.6 CARE AND MAINTENANCE DURING TEMPORARY DISCONTINUANCE

In case of any temporary discontinuation of mining operation due to unforeseen circumstances,

proper care of mine pit, mining machinery and the manpower becomes essential. For safety &

security of the community and animals, additional watch & ward arrangement would be made in

addition to the existing facilities. The machinery deployed at the mine would be regularly checked

and maintained for future utilization. The manpower employed at the mine would also be suitably

utilized in other vocations. Further it would be ensured that reclamation measures which have

been undertaken or are proposed to be undertaken would continue.

Ambuja Cements Limited (ACL) has established an NGO called Ambuja Cement Foundation (ACF)

which is working towards the improvement of the quality of life of surrounding communities for

sustainable development of the region. It has had a tremendous effect on the social environment

and culture of the local area since its inception. Community development programs, concerned

with increasing the strength and effectiveness of communities in determining and managing their

own futures, provide an important mechanism through which the company contributes to social

sustainability. It involves planning and implementing initiatives, often in partnership with other

stakeholders to provide long-term positive outcomes. Further, ACL’s mining operations provide

training and employment opportunities across the professions, skills and services. The company is

extending its commitment to local economic development and capacity building by requiring that

contractors also target their training and employment opportunities to the local community, and

by giving preference to a local supply chain. ACL is also seeking to provide appropriate skills-

transfer and employment opportunities through the development of local business enterprises.






The commitment of ACL to contribute to the economic development of the communities in which

it operates, shows a commitment to do as much as possible to maintain or improve the economic

well being of affected communities, and to leave a positive legacy to the regional economy from

its operations. It is therefore envisaged that there will be no social unrest due to temporary

discontinuance of the existing mine as the community developmental measures by the company

would continue in the long run.

CHAPTER-VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS






CHAPTER-VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Ambuja Cements limited has Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from

0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone

Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha) at Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and

Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan).

PROJECT BENEFITS

Project benefits are attributed in various ways as under:

1) Environment

2) Employment

3) Social

4) Economic

The company is conscious of its obligations to society at large & is contributing in overall socio-

economic development of the area in the coming years by increasing its efforts for overall

development of the study area.

As per ToR Point no. 43, benefits of the project clearly indicate environmental, social, economic,

employment potential etc.

8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL BENIFITS:

Proposed project will be beneficial for environment in following ways:

a. Up to lease life, total excavated area will be 77.53 ha. Reclamation of same is not possible by

backfilling since no pit would be formed which may be utilized for filling.

b. Out of total Mining Lease area (183.52 ha), total 52.75 ha area will be covered under

greenbelt/Plantation (26.75 ha area on waste dump & 26 ha area on 7.5 m barrier zone and on

virgin area).

8.3 EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

The total manpower required after proposed expansion will be around 70 persons. Additionally

100 persons will get employed in transportation of limestone from mine to its integrated Cement

Plant. Some of skilled manpower from outside/local and most of the Unskilled/semi-skilled

manpower are being/ will be sourced from the local area. Preference is being/ will be given to


The project will have positive direct and indirect employment. Manpower is required for mining

operations and other mining related activities such as transportation, day to day operations etc.

Further, additional employment opportunities will be generated.






8.4 SOCIAL BENEFITS:

Proposed expansion project will result in growth of the surrounding areas by increased direct and

indirect employment opportunities in the region including ancillary development and supporting

infrastructure. Besides this, Royalty and other levies like District Mineral Foundation, National

Mineral Exploration Trust etc. are/ would be additional benefit and it is being/ will be utilized by

local administration for the development of socio-economic infrastructure and well being of the

local population. The various activities proposed through CER (Corporate Environment

Responsibility) would help in upgradation of basic infrastructure, amenities. Details of various CSR

Activities carried out are given below:

Table 8.1

CSR Expenditure since year 2011 (Rs in Lakhs)

S. NO. Particular 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 2017-18

1. Water 157.88 159.07 176.65 175.30 189.37 184.10 180.31

2. Agro-based 23.89 28.26 28.50 22.80 31.04 31.12 28.28

3. Health & Sanitation / Others 32.81 33.30 30.60 21.15 23.20 22.94 11.57

4. Rural Infrastructure 82.16 138.84 144.0 116.30 134.03 122.24 179.75

5. SEDI 20.40 26.70 32.04 31.77 34.79 42.10 50.63

6. Overheads 43.50 58.10 64.90 54.30 60.40 68.45 80.10

Total 360.64 444.27 476.69 421.62 472.83 470.95 530.64

Rabriyawas location is surrounded by hills and sand all around the place and comes in semiarid

region of western Rajasthan. Rainfall is also not certain some time its flood and sometime its

draught in the area. So people who have water resources like tube well etc. can take Kharif crop.

Community is majorly dependent on agriculture and allied activities for their livelihood, most of

the land is rain fed. Community face problems like drinking water, health issues, irrigation and low

agricultural productivity.

A. Water Resource Management

Management of water resource is the major concern in area. The average rainfall in western

Rajasthan is just 300-350 mm. Ground water in some part of the area is also affected by higher

concentration of dissolved salts and fluoride. Famines are frequent, often causing mass migration

of populations. The soil condition is extremely poor and mainly characterized by sandy and sandy

loam. This has an adverse impact on drinking water security and water for irrigation in the area.

Traditionally, the community in the region has always depended on village ponds and open dug

wells for their drinking water; and agriculture is mainly seasonal and rain fed. When rainfall is less,

it is even difficult for the farmers to save their Kharif (monsoon) crop too. There is no facility to

provide support irrigation. The overall impact of lack of water reflected on all aspects of people’s

lives. ACF began its intervention in WRM in the region in 2006 through a participatory approach,

and supported the active revival of traditional water conservation methods to raise the water

table, and build access to quality water throughout the year.






ACF is applying following approach for water availability in Area for drinking purpose aswell

agriculture purpose.

A. Construction of water harvesting structure for development of water Resource-

ACF used a multi-pronged

approach to address the issue of

WRM in the region; undertaking

various activities based on the

village needs, and geographical

conditions. Our activities included

a revival of traditional water

harvesting systems, as well as

integrating innovative water

management systems to enhance

water bodies in the region. With the regular discussion with community and then further

assessing how to promote new technologies to address the water for irrigation in the arid region

with sandy bed rivers and Nalas. We have tested two new soil and water conservation structures

in the area - the innovative Subsurface Dykes and Khadin Cultivation, a traditional Runoff Farming

System.

Given the limited and very scare rainfall in the area, there is need to harvest the runoff/ surface

water as much as possible through construction of series of Check dams in the streams and rivers.

ACF has already implemented pilots in the project area and analyzed the impact, results in terms

of surface water storage as well as recharging the nearby wells for the drinking purpose

Long dry spells in the area have always resulted in huge quantity of crop losses. To address this

issue, ACF has replicated the model of farm pond on the farmer land.

Name of Structure No. of Structures developed Water harvesting Capacity Created

No. of Check Dams 32 70.05 MCFT

No. of Dykes 22 184.17 MCFT

No. of Khadins 29 95.4 MCFT

No. of Pond Deepen 213 125.30 MCFT

Waste Weir 56 5.82 MCFT

Total no. of Structures 619 485.03 MCFT

B. Drinking Water Security

For availability of safe and potable drinking water ACF has taken many initiatives in Rajasthan

some of the key initiatives are as follows-

Roof top Water Harvesting Structures (RRWHS)

Drinking water distribution System (DWDS)

Drinking water sources –Ponds/wells/Hand pumps






i. Roof Rainwater Harvesting System-

The poor families whose livelihood mainly depends

on daily wages or agriculture labour are not in

position to construct RRWHS in their houses

because of high initial cost which is about Rs

3.5/liter. In our operational area 12-15 % families in

each village do not have RRWHS due to poor

economic condition.

In that situation to cover marginal and small

families provided technical & financial support by

ACF and rest expenses they can contribute like

labour and mason. For a family of 4-5 person 12000

litre capacity RRWHS is sufficient for drinking

purpose and it needs about 40 sqm catchment area

to fill.

Ambuja Cement Foundation Rabriyawas Promoted 1159 RRWHS in Project villages for marginal &

small farmer families.

ii. Drinking Water Distribution System-

Ambuja Cement Foundation is committed for drinking

water availability to each Household within range of

200M. This is the part of our water security mission for

this we have installed drinking water distribution system

owned by community.

This program is piloted from two villages of Rabriyawas

location to be scaled up in coming years. At present

all families of Patan and Kesarpura villages are having

water availability within 200M they have taken the responsibility to maintain and sustain it further.

Six DWDS Installed in two villages and benefitting more than 2000 peoples and their cattle’s.

iii. Drinking water sources –Ponds/wells/Hand pumps

Traditionally community of Rural

Rajasthan drink water directly from

ponds or digging wells inside the

pond. For this purpose ACF is

continuously engage in creating,

revival and deepening of village pond

to ensure water availability for all.






These pond also helps in ground water recharging which create positive impact on availability of

water in nearby wells, tube wells and hand pumps. ACF is also supported community in repairing

and maintaining the hand pumps and also revived many wells in project village of Rajasthan.

ACF has revived/created 213 village ponds having water storage capacity of 125.30MCFT

C. Water use Efficiency

In the scarcity of water use of water in efficient

way is equally important to water harvesting and

storage works. To promote effective utilization

of available water in agriculture micro-irrigation

system i.e.-Drip irrigation system and sprinkler

system is being promoted by Ambuja cement

Foundation.

By using Micro-Irrigation System cultivation area

is increased and better production can be

gained. Drip Irrigation system uses seven times lesser water than other irrigation techniques.

ACF Promoted Micro-Irrigation system in 566.73 Ha with 437 Farmers

B. Agricultural Development

ACF’s Vision for Agriculture Program in Rajasthan-

“Ensuring 12 months food sufficiency to farmer &

doubling their income by 2020”

• Promoting Vegetable cultivation Program with

589 farmers in 559.6 Acre in Project Area

• Promoting Wadi Development Program with

63 farmers in 122.5 Acre in Project Area

• Promoting Improved Crop Management

Program with 2671 farmers in 26998 Acre in

Project Area

• Capacity building program are being organized in Animal Husbandry Program with 2641

Households.

• Organized veterinary camps in project village

• Promoting Farmer groups and farmer producer

organization in villages for sustainable

development.

• One more intuitive taken by ACF to promote the

Balaji Farmer Produce company which is

engaged in Biomass supply business and as of

now has supplied 116765 MT biomass to Ambuja

Cement Ltd. Around 2600 farmers are engaged in Balaji farmer producer company.






C. Women Empowerment

Women's empowerment is crucial to sustain various community development programmes. It is a

proven fact that attitudinal changes on the part of women have an impact on the attitudes of

their families and communities.

• Strengthening Economic and Social status of

women by Promoting Self Help Groups

• Establishing sustainable apex institution of

women led SHGs

• Promoting Income Generation Activities with

SHGs to improve their livelihood and their daily

earnings.

ACF supports over 90 self-help groups with 1141 women members across three locations in

Rabriyawas with cumulative corpus of over Rs.27.16 lakh. Today, these groups have gone beyond

their simple monthly savings, and built linkages with banks providing technical support to start

their own entrepreneurship leading to sustainable livelihoods.

D. Skill Development (SEDI)

SEDI is a functional structure to

promote productive employment and

micro-enterprise. SEDI offers short,

intensive courses in various trades that

aim to achieve sustainable livelihood by

strengthening youth's technical and

functional skills.

The emphasis of a skill training program

is on the unemployed youth to provide

them with an opportunity of education

in a skill that would ensure adequate

livelihood opportunity. The target age

group of the program is between 18-30 years, ranging from the high school drop-out and

unemployed youth to the ones already working aspiring to upgrade their skills. A strong belief is in

coalesce of skill training backed by life skills which will enable the participants live a healthy and

productive life.

Objective-

• To bridge the gap of skills required in an economy by enabling an access to skill training

opportunities

• To encourage the entrepreneurial spirit among the local youth by way of hand holding &

facilitating in setting up of an enterprise






• To promote holistic growth of the participants with life skills to support improved quality of

life

Trained 5746 youth in SEDI Jaitaran with 76% placement. Trainees are successfully placed in different

sectors like-Retail and sales, office assistant, Microfinance, Beautician etc.Female participation is 34%

in trained youths.

E. Health& Sanitation

ACF comprehensive health care programme emphasizes on an integrated approach to health,

wherein development issues like water, sanitation, roads, livelihood, nutrition and education

which determine village health,

are given equal attention.

• ACF provide primary care

through mobile health

dispensary in seven

neighboring project villages

• ACF Organize medical health

camps General/special in

twelve core project villages.

• HIV/AIDS awareness

program with RSACS for

employee as well

community. Covering 3500

HHs und the program.

• Supporting & Strengthening AAA model to improve MCH services in twenty nine village with

12693 HHS.

• Covered 78% HHs in our project area for sanitation facility with proper utilization of toilets.

Under SwatchBharat Mission. Now

all five gram panchayats declared

ODF by Government.

F. INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

For the development of village ACF is

also providing following infrastructure

support in community in project

villages.

• Construction of Cement

Concrete/Gravel Roads.

• Repair & Development of

community halls.






• Repair &Development of Schools and hospitals in project areas.

• Repair &Goshala Development and construction of cattle drinking water points.

• ACF has been working on promoting clean and renewable energy sources through its

initiatives in Rabriyawas.

• Support for cultural program in the community.

G. COMMUNITY BASED EVENT

• Community Advisory Panel (CAP) -

Involving community leaders and Key

departments headsto discussion on Key

Issues i.e. –Impact and feedback of CSR

initiative, Future needs and convergence

between Govt. scheme and ACF program

under the Community Advisory

Panel(CAP) meeting

• Social Engagement Scorecard (SES) -

Involving Opinion Leaders andACLdepartments through Social Engagement Score Card

Exercise to get the community feedback.

• Unit Sustainable Steering Committee (USSC) -Involving various departments for discussion

on the various plant sustainability issues under the USSC meeting.

• Volunteer Activities-Involving Company Employees and community for safety awareness

through Volunteerism programme.

• Village Development Committee- Formed village development committee for raising

development issue of village and for sustainable development of village.

• Workshops- Organize workshops on different issues of development like-Water, Skill, and

Agriculture, Health etc. at state and national level.

8.5 ECONOMIC BENEFITS:

The proposed expansion project will contribute additional revenue to the State and Central Govt.

in the form of royalty, cess and other taxes etc.

TABLE – 8.3

Economic Benefits of the Project

S.NO. DESCRIPTION Revenue generation/Annum

(in Crores)

1. Royalty @ Rs 80/- Per Ton (Present / prevailing Rate) 22.4

2. District Mineral Foundation @ 10% of the Royalty 6.72

3. National Mineral Exploration Trust @ 2% of the Royalty 0.44

4. Environment Cess -

5. Development Cess -






6. Others if any -

Total 29.56

Revenue generation per year (@ 2.80 Million TPA)

Corporate Environment Responsibilty (CER) will be done nearby mine site as per MoEFCC Office

Memorandum dated 01.05.2018; according to that project having capital investment < 100 Crores

have to spend 1.0% of capital investment under CER. Under CER, issues raised during the public

hearing and need of the locals will be covered.

TABLE – 8.4

Proposed CER Budget

S. No. Activities Total Amount

(Rs in Lakhs.)

1 Fodder Gowdown for Goshala at Koteriya 12.00

2 Rainwater harvesting Structures i.e.-Check dam, Village Ponds, Khadin, farm

pond, earthen dam etc. 40.00

3 Cement Concrete Roads/Gravel Roads/Culverts 30.00

4 Other activity as per need like Agro-based livelihood & skill development

programme 3.00

Total 85.00

8.6 CONCLUSION

Proposed Expansion Project has generated/will generate a fair amount of direct and indirect

employment in the study region. The local economy has received/will receive a boost due to

employees spending and services generated by the company. The overall effect will improve the

buying power of employees and thus a higher standard of living viz. better education, improved

health and sanitation facilities, housing etc. This is envisaged as a major positive benefit, which will

ultimately lead to the sustainable development of the region.

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS






CHAPTER–IX

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006, the Chapter on the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit

Analysis’ is applicable, only if the same is recommended at the Scoping stage.

As per the ToR issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi Vide letter no. J-11015/82/2017-IA.II (M) dated

September 28th, 2017 for the mining project activity, the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is

not required.

CHAPTER-X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN






CHAPTER – X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental management plan (EMP) is required to minimize adverse environmental

impacts by implementing suggested mitigation measures with timelines and responsibilities

during the project life cycle. An environmental management system (EMS) is a dynamic,

continuous process initiated by management and involving communication between the client, its

workers, and the local communities directly affected by the project. Drawing on the elements of

the established business management process of “plan, implement, check and Act (Management

review)” the system entails the thorough assessment of potential environmental, social impacts

and risks from the projects. EMS provides order and consistency for mitigating and managing

these on an ongoing basis.

10.2 ELEMENTS OF EMP

EMP includes four major elements: -

1. Planning: This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirement,

commitments and policies, setting environmental objectives and environment, health, safety

and social compliance requirements;

2. Implementation: This comprises of resources available for the project, accountability of

employees , contractors and documentation of measures to be taken ;

3. Checking: Measurement & Evaluation: This includes regular inspection, audits, monitoring

corrective actions and record keeping ; and

4. Management Review: Actions are taken to continually improve the environment, health,

safety, and social performance of the organization.

The following Policy & programs have been developed to ensure proper implementation of EMP

for the proposed mining project:

Formulating Corporate Environment Policy (CEP)

Formation of Environment Management Cell (EMC)

Greenbelt Development & Plantation programme

Occupational Health and Safety

Budgeting of Environmental mitigation measures

10.3 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY

Corporate Environment Policy (CEP) has been formulated and adopted by the Board of Directors

of Ambuja Cement Ltd. to provide a framework to become an environmental sustainable company

The hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental

issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions etc. has been given in the

Environmental Policy of the company. (Copy of Environment Policy is enclosed as Annexure XIII).






10.4 FORMATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENTAL CELL (EMC)

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular inspections, audits &

monitoring of various environmental components is necessary. M/s. Ambuja Cements Ltd. (ACL)

will have a full-fledged Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for environmental monitoring and

control. The EMC team will be responsible for pollution monitoring aspects and implementation of

control measures as discussed in Chapter II & IV of this Final EIA/EMP Report.

A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians will be deputed for maintenance, up

keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working mode at the

best of their efficiencies. The organizational structure of environment management is presented

in Figure-10.1.

Figure 10.1 (Organizational Structure)

The unit has established, implemented and maintained Environment Management System for

ensuring that its requirements at all locations within the organization are met. The roles and

responsibilities of various personnel, who manage, perform and verify the activities having effect

on environment and / or OH & S have been fixed by the Top Management.

Unit head will ensure that environmental policy of the organization is implemented and EMS work

is being done as per planned procedures. He will make communication with all board of directors

of the organisation on all issues related to EMS.

Core Committee will consist of all department / plant head to review the implementation of EMS

system to regular interval and advise EMS coordinator and respective section in charge for taking

corrective action.

EMS Coordinator will be responsible for all the activities and fulfilment of requirements of

Environment Management system.

10.4.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF EMC

The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

Environmental Monitoring

Procurement and commissioning of Pollution Control and Monitoring Equipment

Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control equipment.

Unit Head

Sr. Manager (Env)

Asst. Manager (Env) Lab Incharge (Env Eng) Chemist

2 Nos Env Lab Attendant 4 Nos operators






Ensuring that prescribed standards are maintained.

Ensuring optimum water usage.

Implementation of the mitigation measures suggested in EIA/EMP Report.

Ensuring development of greenbelt development and plantation & its maintenance.

10.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT AND PLNATATION PROGRAMME

Greenbelt development programme will be designed for preventing the soil erosion, improving

the greenery and aesthetic beauty of the area. While selection of species, care will be taken so as

the developed forest will remain useful for habitations. Greenbelt development and plantation is

necessary for:

1. To check soil erosion

2. Provide stabilization to slopes of the waste dumps.

3. Landscaping and providing shelter

4. Improvement in aesthetic environment of site

5. Air purification by sequestration of Carbon Dioxide and allowing PM to settle on the leaves.

6. To attenuate noise generated by movement of vehicles and other machinery.

10.5.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

i. Trees growing up to 5 m or more in height is being planted around the installation.

ii. Plantation of trees is being done along road side and mine office.

iii. Since tree trunks are normally devoid of foliage (upto 3 m), it is appropriate to have shrubbery

in form of such trees to give coverage to trunk portion of these trees.

iv. Fast growing trees with thick perennial foliage are being grown, as it takes many years for

trees to grow to their full height.

ACL is raising/ will raise plantation all along the lease periphery & on waste dump area etc. The

following characteristics will be taken into consideration while selecting plant species for green

belt development and tree plantation.

I. Local, indigenous and drought resistant species.

II. Fast growing and tall trees.

III. Perennial and evergreen.

IV. Thick canopy cover.

V. Stratified layers of Plantation to prevent lateral pollution dispersion.

VI. The trees will be selected so as to maintain regional ecological balance and conform to soil

and hydrological conditions.

VII. Plantation will be done as per guidelines.

10.5.2 PLANTATION /GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

Greenbelt will be developed in 4.0 ha area around mines office complex, along the mine

boundary on the north-east portions of the lease area.

As on date plantation has been done on 4.9 ha area. Up to end of lease life, plantation will

be done on 48.75 ha area (26.75 ha area on waste dump & 22 ha area on virgin area).

Thus total greenbelt/plantaion will be done on 52.75 ha area.






The trees will be planted @ 2000 saplings per ha of land.

Phase wise plan of greenbelt development is given on table no 10.1.

Table- 10.1

Phase wise plan of Green Belt development

(Around mines office complex, along the mine boundary on the north-east portions of the lease area) Year Area (ha) No. of Trees

2018-19 1.0 2000

2019-20 1.0 2000

2020-21 1.0 2000

2021-22 1.0 2000

Total 4.0 8000

Table- 10.2

Phase wise plan of Plantation

Year

Unworked Area Waste Dump Total

Area (ha) No. of

Trees

Area

(ha)

No. of

Trees Area (ha) No. of Trees

Existing 4.9 7600 - - 4.9 7600

2022 - 23 to 2046- 47 17.10 36200 26.75 53500 43.85 89700

Total 22.0 43800 26.75 53500 48.75 97300

10.5.3 SPECIES SELECTION FOR PLANTATION/GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The plants and saplings suitable for the existing soil and site conditions should be considered.

Preference is being/ will be given for fast growing local plant species, which can adapt to the local

climate. This is being/ will be done in consultation with local forest department.

Till the end of lease life, approximately 97700 trees will be planted on 52.75 ha area at the rate of

2000 tress/plants per ha. Species already planted include Babul (Acacia arabica), Ber (Ziziphus

mauratiana), Azadirachta indica (Nem), Cassia fistula (Amaltas), Nerium indicum (Kaner), Citrus

limon (Nimbu), Saraca asoka (Ashok), Acacia senegal (Kumtha/ Gum Arabic Tree) etc. Some other

fruit bearing trees i.e. Mangifera indica (Mango), Syzygium cumini (Jamun), Annona Squamosa

(Sitaphal), Morus alba (Shatut) etc. also have been planted by ACL.

Species proposed for plantation on the un worked area are - Azadirachta indica (Neem),

Peltophorum pterocarpum (Yellow Gulmohar), Tectona grandis (Teak/ Sagwan), Artocarpus

heterophyllus (Jackfruit), Morus alba (Shahtut), Phyllanthus emblica (Amla Plantation), Annona

Squamosa (Sitaphal Plantation), Psidium guajava (Guava Plantation), Manilkara zapota (Chiku),

Acacia senegal (Gum arabic tree), Moringa oleifera (Senjana), Tecomastans (Yellow bells), Cassia

fistula (Amaltas), Delonix regia (Gulmohar), Nerium indicum (Kaner).

Species proposed for plantation on the waste dump area are –Peltophorum pterocarpum (Yellow

Gulmohar), Tectona grandis (Teak/ Sagwan), Artocarpus heterophyllus (Jackfruit), Bombax ceiba

(Semal), Morus alba (Shahtut), Phyllanthus emblica (Amla Plantation), Annona Squamosa (Sitaphal

Plantation), Psidiumguajava (Guava Plantation), Manilkarazapota (Chiku Plantation), Acacia senegal






(Gum arabic tree), Moringa oleifera (Senjana), Acacia nilotica (Babool), Acacia catechu (Khair),

Cassia fistula (Amaltas), Delonix regia (Gulmohar), Capparis decidua (Kair), Ziziphus mauritiana

(MotaBer), Cynodon dactylon (Doob grass).

10.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a multidisciplinary field concerned with the safety, health

and welfare of people at work. The goal of occupational safety and health programs includes

fostering a safe and healthy work environment. OHS may also protect co-workers, family

members, employers, customers, and many others who might be affected by the workplace

environment.

Occupational Health & Safety is based on the following three aspects: -

Hazard identification

Risk assessment

Determination of applicable controls

A Hazard Identification and Risk (HIRA) analysis is a systematic way to identify and analyze

hazards to determine their scope, impact and the vulnerability of the built environment to such

hazards and its purpose is to ensure that there is a formal process for hazard identification, risk

assessment and control to effectively manage hazards that may occur within the workplaces.

Details regarding occupational health hazards as well as mitigation measures have been discussed

in chapter IV of this Final EIA/EMP Report.

In order to ensure adequate implementation of the OHS measures suggested, ACL have adhered

to / will adhere to the pre & periodical medical examination program. Details of the same are given

as under:

10.6.1 PRE PLACEMENT & PERIODICAL MEDICAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE

Ideally, the pre-employment medical examination (also referred to as a pre-placement

examination) strives to place and maintain employees in an occupational environment adapted to

their physiological and psychological capacities. The goal of the pre-employment examination is to

determine whether an individual is fit to perform his or her job without risk to himself or others.

This is also conceptualized within the practice of occupational medicine – it is assumed that the

examiner is required to have detailed knowledge of both working and health conditions.

Parameters to be monitored:

The fresh employees when inducted are thoroughly medically examined under initial medical

examination and thereafter during continuation of employment; the periodic medical examination

is being suggested by DGMS. The medical examination includes the following parameters -

Height, weight, body mass index (BMI)

Cardiovascular examination (heart check, blood pressure, pulse)

Full musculoskeletal examination including comprehensive range of movement

Central nervous system examination

Examination for hernia and other abdominal abnormalities

Urine analysis for diabetes or kidney / bladder disorders






Respiratory examination

Vision assessment including color blindness

Fitness to work medicals

Drivers Medicals

Drug and alcohol testing Instant or Laboratory

Spirometry - ( Lung Function Test)

Audiometry ( Hearing Test)

Urine testing

Vision tests, color vision

ECG

CXR (Chest Radiograph)

Blood glucose

Strength and mobility screening

Vaccinations and travel medicine

Work cover Claims assessments and injury management

The medical records of the employees are being/ will be maintained. Under initial vocational

training, the workers are being/ will be given training related to all safety and health aspects

pertaining to their vocation and thereafter, special training courses/ awareness programme for

Malaria eradication, STDs and health effects on exposure to mineral dust are being/ will be

organized regularly for employed persons as well as for nearby villagers.

Frequency of Medical Examination

a. Pre Placement Medical examination: Prior to joining

b. Periodical Medical examination:

• Age of workers < 45 years : After every 5 years

• Age of workers > 45 years: After every 3 years

Budget for implementation of Occupational Health & safety measures & medical examination has

been given in table no. 10.1 of this chapter.

10.7 DETAILED BUDGET FOR EMP

The budget proposed for implementation of the pollution control & impact mitigation measures

as suggested for this Limestone Mining Project is given as under:

Capital Cost of the Project: Rs. 85 Crores /-

Capital Cost for EMP: Rs. 7.0 Crores /-

Recurring Cost for EMP: Rs. 50 Lacs/annum

Table – 10.3

EMP Cost Breakup (Rs. in Lac)

S.

No. Particulars

Capital cost Annual recurring cost

Existing Proposed Total Existing Proposed Total

1. Pollution Control - 640 640 12 20 32

2. Pollution Monitoring

50 50 0.5 1.0 1.5

3. Occupational Health - - - 0.5 1.0 1.5






4. Green Belt/Mine/Workshop - 10 10 08 05 13

5. Reclamation / Rehabilitation of

mined out area - - - - 2 2

6. Others (Specify) - - - - - -

Total - 700 700 21.0 29.0 50.0

CHAPTER-XI

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION




Draft EIA/EMP Report


CHAPTER - XI

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

Ambuja Cement Ltd. (ACL) has Proposed Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279



Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali.


Category “A”, Project or Activity 1(a)(3) for Mining of Minerals and Project Activity 2(b) (3) for


11.2 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT

M/s. Ambuja Cements Limited (Unit: Rabariyawas) has its existing Integrated Cement Plant

with Clinker Production Capacity (2.9 Million TPA), Captive Power Plant (53 MW) at village-

Rabariyawas, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District-Pali (Rajasthan).

If the plant is operated at full capacity, it will require major cement raw material i.e. limestone

up to 3.6 million TPA. As of today, limestone requirement for clinkerization is met from Ras-II

limestone mine with an approved capacity of 3.6 million tons of limestone and Ras I mine with

an approved capacity of 0.279 million tonnes of limestone.

The Ras-I limestone is of better grade with less interbanding and the same is being used for

blending with low grade material of Ras II (being of highly mixed nature, with intricately inter-

woven waste bands of pegmatites, schists, calc-granulites etc nature) mine.

To achieve the desired limestone quality, about 5 to 8% sweetener limestone is mixed to meet

the set point of raw meal for clinkerisation.

Hence, to address the quality issues, reduce consumption of sweetener limestone and to

optimally utilize Ras-II mine where the reserves are dwindling, ACL has Proposed Expansion in

Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of

Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I Limestone Mine (ML No. 10/94, ML Area- 183.53 ha) at Villages

Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura, Dhaneriya and Kotadiya, Tehsil- Jaitaran, District- Pali (Rajasthan).

This will result in judicial blending of material from the two mines and minimize the sweetener

consumption and it shall support plant to achieve full clinkerization capacity as well as to

expand it further at a later date, if required.

No National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger / Elephant Reserves,

Protected Forest etc. fall within 10 km radius of the project boundary.

The Project has generated/ will generate direct & indirect employment opportunities in the

mine. Preference is being/ will be given to the local people based on their skill and educational

qualification.






11.3 PROJECT DETAILS

TABLE: 11.1

Project Details


A. Nature of project Expansion in Limestone Production capacity from 0.279 Million TPA to

2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of 1200 TPH in RAS-I

Limestone Mine

B. Size of project

1. ML Area 183.53 ha

2. Expansion in Limestone

Production Capacity

From 0.279 Million TPA to 2.80 Million TPA and installation of Crusher of

1200 TPH

C Project Location

1. Villages Sewariya, Bhaktawarpura Dhaneriya and Kotadiya

2. Tehsil Jaitaran

3. District Pali

4. State Rajasthan

5. Coordinates 26023’12.75’’ N to 26024’16.61’’N

74013’26.32’’ E to 74014’35.49’’E

6. SOI Toposheet No. Core area: G43I3

Study area : G43I3 & G43I7

D Environmental Setting Details (with approx. aerial distance and direction from the mining lease boundary)

1. Nearest State / National Highway SH-39 (~10.30 km in SW direction)

NH-8 (~30 km in SE direction)

2. Nearest Habitation Village Garh (~0.7 km in West Direction)

3. Nearest Railway Station Beawar Railway station (~32 km in SSE direction)

4. Nearest Airport Jodhpur Airport (~118 km in WSW direction)

5. National Park, Wild Life

Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves,

Wildlife corridors, Tiger/Elephant

Reserves, etc. within 10 km radius

of the project site

There is no National Park, Wild Life Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Wildlife corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves etc. within 10 km radius

study area

6. Reserve / Protected Forest within

10 km radius of Project Site

Pagra Block Reserved Forest (~8.0 km in SE Direction)

Protected Forest (~8.0 km in SW Direction)

7. Water body within 10 km radius

study area

Aguna Bala (~3.5 km in ESE Direction)

Phutiya Bala (~3.5 km in East Direction)

Sukri Nadi (~4.0 km in North Direction)

Athuna Bala (~4.0 km in NE Direction)

Chhoralo Bala (~6.0 km in NE Direction)

8. Inter District Boundary Pali & Ajmer (~5.0 km in ENE Direction)

Pali & Nagaur (~6.0 km in NNE Direction

9. Seismic Zone Zone – II as per IS: 1893 (Part-I) : 2002







E Cost Details

1. Project Cost 85 Crores/-

2. Cost of EMP Capital Cost- Rs. 7.0 Crores/-

Recurring Cost- Rs. 50 Lacs/annum

Source: Site Visit & Pre- Feasibility Report

11.4 MINING DETAILS

TABLE: 11.2

MINING DETAILS


1. Method of mining Open Cast Mechanized Mining Method

2. Total Geological Reserves 137.74 Million Tonne (as on 1.04.2018)

3. Mineable reserves 125.24 Million Tonne (as on 1.04.2018)

4. Life of the Mine 48 Years

5. Bench Height More than 8 meters

6. Elevation Range 395 m AMSL to 505 m AMSL

7. General Ground Level 405 m AMSL

8. Water table 370 m AMSL (35 m bgl)

9. Ultimate Working Depth 396 m AMSL (9 m bgl)

10. Stripping Ratio (Ore: OB/IB) (tonnes : tonnes) 1:0.30

11. Overall Pit Slope 45°

12. Number of working days 300 days

13. Number of shifts per day 2 shifts


11.5 MITIGATION MEASURES

11.5.1. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

Following measures are being/ will be taken to control air/fugitive pollution during mining

operation.

Wet drilling with de dusting arrangements are being/will be used.

Controlled blasting by latest blasting technique using shock tube detonator (Down line

detonator in combination with noise less trunk line detonators).

Use of Rock breaker in place of secondary blasting to reduce generation of fly rocks and

ground vibration.

Use of Bag filters & Screening Plant.



Water sprinkling arrangement will be provided at the conveyor belt carrying raw material.

An elevated closed bunker will be provided for collection the dust from dust conveyor.

Construction of wind breaking walls especially at charging hopper & crushing place.







Proper maintenance (preventive as well as scheduled maintenance) of vehicles is being/ will

be carried out regularly for minimization of generation of gaseous pollutants.





Personal Protective Equipment like dust masks are being/ will be provided to all employees.

11.5.2. WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT

No waste water will be generated from the mining activities.

Septic tanks and soak pit will be provided for the disposal of domestic waste water generated

from mine office.

Oil- water separator is being/ will be provided at the workshop and treated water is being/ will

be used for equipment washing, dust suppression and plantation etc.

Garland drains along with Retaining walls having water holes at the toe of temporary dumps

is being/ will be constructed to arrest the washed fines and rolling boulders.

The rainwater falling directly into the mine pits is being/ will be stored and used for plantation

& dust suppression.


11.5.3. NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL

Sharp drill bits with wet drilling arrangements.


detonator in combination with noise less trunk line detonators.)

Use of Rock breaker in place of secondary blasting.

Adequate silencers in HEMM are being/ will be provided to reduce generation of noise.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals is being/ will be

done to reduce generation of noise.

HEMMs equipped with acoustic cabins will be provided for the operators.

Proper maintenance (preventive as well as scheduled maintenance), oiling and greasing of

HEMMs to minimize generation of noise.

Development of green belt/plantation around mine boundary and other places are being/ will

be carried out.

Periodical monitoring of noise is being/ will be carried out regularly.

11.5.4. RECLAMATION PLAN FOR LAND USE

Up to end of lease life, total excavated area will be 77.53 ha. Reclamation of same is not possible

by backfilling since no pit would be formed which may be utilized for filling. About 26.75 ha area

will be covered under waste dump and total greenbelt/Plantation will be done on 52.75 ha (26.75

ha area on waste dump & 26 ha area around mines office complex, along the mine boundary on

the north-east portions of the lease area and on virgin area). Total 49.45 ha will remain

undisturbed.






11.5.5. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION

Greenbelt will be done on 5.0 ha area on 7.5 m lease periphery.

As on date plantation has been done on 4.9 ha area. Up to lease life, plantation will be done

on 47.75 ha area (26.75 ha area on waste dump & 21 ha area on virgin area).

Thus total greenbelt/planttaion will be done on 52.75 ha area.

The trees will be planted @ 2000 saplings per ha of land.

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS

The project activity helps/ will help in meeting the growing demand of cement & hence help in the

economic growth of the country. It is/ will be helpful in the development of basic needs of the

local area like education, Health & family welfare, women empowerment, Natural resource

management, water conservation, roads etc. It results/ will result in growth of the surrounding

areas by increasing direct and indirect employment opportunities in the region including ancillary

development and supporting infrastructure.

11.7 CONCLUSION

The mining project has proven/ will prove beneficial to the local people as direct and indirect

employment opportunity has been/ will be generated. There is/ will be increase in revenue

generation to the government by way of royalty and government taxes etc. Further improvement

in infrastructure will take place like education, roads, availability of drinking water, medical

facilities in adjacent villages.

There is/will be no significant pollution of air, water, soil and noise. Regular monitoring of all the

components of environment has been/will be done. Increased social welfare measures taken by

the company has brought/ will bring development in the near-by villages.

CHAPTER-XII

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED






CHAPTER-XII

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

12.1. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd. (JMEPL), one of the companies of JM Group, was established in the year

1993. ‘JM’ in the name of the Company is derived from the name of ‘Lord Shiva’ - the Temple of

‘Jharkhand Mahadev’ (JM). The Temple is located at Queens Road, Vaishali Nagar, Jaipur. The

Registered office of JMEPL is at 7-CH-10, Jawahar Nagar, Jaipur. Its Delhi-NCR Corporate office is

at 202, ABW Tower, Gurgaon (Haryana).

J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd. is accredited with ISO-9001: 2008 for EIA Division. EIA Division is also

approved by National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) formerly NRBPT

(Quality Council of India), Certificate no. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0069 dated 16th August, 2017. The EIA

consultancy organisation of JMEPL is approved by NABET/QCI and is listed at s.no. 90 of

Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (ACOs) - as on August 6th, 2018 displayed on web site of

MoEFCC. JMEPL is offering Environmental Consultancy Services in various sectors viz Industrial

Projects / Chemical Industries / Cement Plants / Thermal Power Plants / Mining Projects/ Coal

Washery Projects/ Real Estate Projects / Distilleries / Steel Plants/Chemical Fertilizers/Mineral

Beneficiation plants etc.

In the Mining sector, JMEPL have covered mines of minerals viz. Limestone, Bauxite, Chromite,

Coal, Zinc Ore, Copper ore, Gypsum, Soapstone, Iron & Manganese ore, Clay, Silica Sand, Marble,

Khanda, Gitti, boulders, Feldspar, Quartz, lignite, magnesite and other minor minerals etc.

JMEPL has a highly qualified team of Subject Experts. As Faculty Heads of the EIA Division, we

have Retd. General Managers of the Reputed Cement Companies, Ex-Head EIA Division of big

Business Group, STP & ETP Designing Experts, Retd. Mining & Geology Experts with vast

experience in their respective fields.

JM Group’s business is spread over 22 States viz.:- Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Gujarat, Maharashtra,

Orissa, Tamil Nadu, Goa, Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, Rajasthan,

Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Assam, West Bengal, Karnataka, Jharkhand, Bihar

& Uttarakhand. The JM Group has its own Environmental Laboratory at Gurgaon (Haryana)

approved under EPA (Environment Protection Act) by the Ministry of Environment & Forests,

Govt. of India, New Delhi. Besides this, its MoEF approved Environmental Laboratory of JM Group

is also providing Analytical Laboratory Services of various elements and environmental

parameters. Annual monitoring as per MoEF / CPCB / SPCB guidelines, Risk Assessment and

Disaster Management Plan, Rain Water Harvesting Plan, Detailed Hydro-geological Study,

Preparation of Environmental Statement Reports (Environmental Clearance Compliance

Conditions) etc. are amongst the various other consultancy services offered by the Company.

Traffic study has been conducted by CSIR, New Delhi. Details of the same are incorporated as

Annexure XII with this draft EIA/EMP Report.

Slope and Blasting study has been conducted by IIT, BHU. Details of the same are given as

Annexure XIV with this draft EIA/EMP Report.

Modified Mining Plan & Progressive Mine Closure Plan has been approved by Indian Bureau of

Mines (IBM), Ajmer vide letter no. 584(4)(3)(1739)/2018 RCM-AJM/787-790 dated 07.06.2018 (Copy

enclosed as Annexure II).

Declaration of Association in the...

Documents

Transcript of Declaration of Association in the...